CHRIST (Deemed to University), Bangalore

DEPARTMENT OF business-studies-and-social-sciences

business-studies-and-social-sciences

Syllabus for
Bachelor of Arts (English Honours)
Academic Year  (2020)

 
1 Semester - 2020 - Batch
Course Code
Course
Type
Hours Per
Week
Credits
Marks
BBS191 A SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BBS191 B A LIFE WORTH LIVING - FROM HEALTH TO WELL BEING Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BBS191C MAHABHARATHA AND MODERN MANAGEMENT Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BBS191D CYBER SECURITY FOR THE MILLENNIAL GENERATION Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BBS191E TOURISM, CULTURE, AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BBS191F DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION AND ITS IMPACT ON SOCIETY Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BBS191G TECHNOLOGY AND LIFE Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BECH191A INSTITUTIONS AND INFORMAL ECONOMY Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BECH191B ECONOMICS OF CORRUPTION Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BENG111 ACADEMIC SKILLS AND LITERARY PRACTICES Skill Enhancement Courses 3 3 100
BENG121 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION I Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses 3 3 100
BENG131 READING AND ENGAGING WITH TEXTS Core Courses 5 4 100
BENG132 BRITISH LITERATURE 1 Core Courses 5 4 100
BENG161 THE CONSTRUCT OF MODERNITY Generic Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG191 B GLOBAL ETHICS FOR CONTEMPORARY SOCIETIES Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BENG191A READING TECHNOLOGY IN/AND SCIENCE FICTION Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BHIS191A ENCOUNTERING HISTORIES: THE FUTURE OF THE PAST Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BMED191A MEDIA LITERACY Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BMED191B UNDERSTANDING THE VISUAL LANGUAGE OF CINEMA Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BPOL191A PEACE AND CONFLICT MANAGEMENT Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BPOL191B GLOBAL POWER POLITICS Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BPOL191C FUNDAMENTALS OF PUBLIC POLICY Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BPSY191A SCIENCE OF WELLNESS Generic Elective Courses 3 03 100
BPSY191B ADVERTISEMENT PSYCHOLOGY Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
SDEN111 SOCIAL SENSITIVITY SKILLS Skill Enhancement Courses 2 0 50
2 Semester - 2020 - Batch
Course Code
Course
Type
Hours Per
Week
Credits
Marks
BBS291A APPLIED ETHICS-A MULTICULTURAL APPROACH Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BBS291B GLOBAL LEADERSHIP AND CULTURE Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BBS291C COURTESY AND ETIQUETTES Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BBS291D MAHATMA AND MANAGEMENT Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BBS291E SACRED GAMES AND THE RULE OF LAW Generic Elective Courses 2 3 100
BBS291F CONSUMPTION AND CULTURE IN INDIA Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BECH291A ECONOMICS AND LITERATURE Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BECH291B DESIGNING POLICIES FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BENG211 EDITING AND CONTENT WRITING Skill Enhancement Courses 3 3 100
BENG221 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION-II Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses 3 3 100
BENG231 CANON AND ITS CONTESTATIONS Core Courses 5 4 100
BENG232 BRITISH LITERATURE-II Core Courses 5 4 100
BENG261 FORGING CONTEMPORARY IDENTITY Generic Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG291B READING THE CYBERSPACE: PUBLIC AND THE PRIVATE Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BHIS291A THE POLITICS OF MEMORY: THE MAKINGS OF GENOCIDE Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BMED291A INTER-CULTURAL COMMUNICATION Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BMED291B AUDIO CONSUMPTION IN EVERYDAY LIFE Generic Elective Courses 3 03 100
BPOL291A POLITICS IN INDIA Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BPOL291B STATE AND TERRORISM Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BPSY291A APPRECIATING AESTHETICS Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
BPSY291B HUMAN ENGINEERING AND ERGONOMICS Generic Elective Courses 3 3 100
SDEN211 EXPRESSIVE SKILLS Skill Enhancement Courses 2 0 50
3 Semester - 2019 - Batch
Course Code
Course
Type
Hours Per
Week
Credits
Marks
BENG331 READING AND WRITING THE CHILD: THEORY AND PRACTICE OF CHILDREN S LITERATURE Core Courses 5 5 100
BENG332 LITERARY CRITICISM AND THEORY Core Courses 5 5 100
BENG333 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS Core Courses 5 5 100
BENG341EA READING SOUTH ASIA THROUGH LITERATURE Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG342EA AMERICAN LITERATURES-I Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG343EA NARRATIVES OF MOBILITY Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG344EA SOCIOLINGUISTICS Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG345EA LANGUAGE EVOLUTION AND COGNITION Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG346EA CONTEMPORARY INDIAN DEBATES Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG347EA VISUAL CULTURE STUDIES Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG348EA FANDOM AND CELEBRITY CULTURE STUDIES Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG349EA ORALITY AND ORAL NARRATIVES Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG361 BASIC PSYCHOLOGICAL PROCESSES Generic Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG381 INTERNSHIP Skill Enhancement Courses 0 2 100
SDEN311 KNOWLEDGE ACQUISITION SKILLS Skill Enhancement Courses 2 0 50
4 Semester - 2019 - Batch
Course Code
Course
Type
Hours Per
Week
Credits
Marks
BENG431 THE CONSTRUCTION OF MEANINGS: PRAGMATICS, SEMANTICS AND SEMIOTICS Core Courses 5 5 100
BENG432 RESEARCH WRITING Core Courses 5 5 100
BENG433 LITERARY AND CULTURAL THEORY Core Courses 5 5 100
BENG441A AMERICAN LITERATURES-II Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG442B INTRODUCTION TO DISCOURSE ANALYSIS Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG443B TRAVEL AND CITY NARRATIVES Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG461 CULTURAL PSYCHOLOGY Generic Elective Courses 4 4 100
SDEN411 KNOWLEDGE APPLICATION SKILLS Skill Enhancement Courses 2 0 50
5 Semester - 2018 - Batch
Course Code
Course
Type
Hours Per
Week
Credits
Marks
BENG531 CULTURAL STUDIES Core Courses 5 5 100
BENG532 LANGUAGE, CLASSROOM, AND PEDAGOGY Core Courses 5 5 100
BENG533 ECOLOGICAL DISCOURSES AND PRACTICES Core Courses 5 5 100
BENG541EA INDIAN LITERATURES: PROBLEMS AND PERSPECTIVES Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG542EA REVISITING INDIAN EPICS Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG543EA CREATIVE WRITING Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG544EA READING GRAPHIC NARRATIVES Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG545EA READING SCIENCE FICTION Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG546EA POSTCOLONIAL LITERATURES Discipline Specific Elective Courses 5 5 100
BENG581 INTERNSHIP Skill Enhancement Courses 0 2 100
SDEN511 SELF-ENHANCEMENT SKILLS-I Skill Enhancement Courses 2 0 50
6 Semester - 2018 - Batch
Course Code
Course
Type
Hours Per
Week
Credits
Marks
BENG631 GENDER STUDIES Core Courses 5 5 100
BENG632 DALIT STUDIES Core Courses 5 5 100
BENG633 LITERARY REPRESENTATIONS OF DISABILITY Core Courses 5 5 100
BENG642EA POPULAR CULTURE Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG646EA FILM STUDIES Discipline Specific Elective Courses 4 4 100
BENG681 DISSERTATION Skill Enhancement Courses 0 4 100
    

    

Introduction to Program:
The BA English (Honours) is a three-year rigorous program, offering a platform for varied literary, cultural and professional explorations. This program has been designed after having taken stock of the shifts in English Studies as practiced and envisioned in different parts of the globe towards a more critical cultural studies paradigm. Keeping this in mind the curriculum in its three-year span will comprise courses on Culture, Gender, Ecology, Cinema, Linguistics, History, Writing, Indian Epics, Urban Spaces, Disability Studies, Children?s Publishing, among others, and will equip them with a more nuanced understanding of life and society. Empowering students to pick up key skills, introducing them to crucial concerns and debates in the field, helping them gain job-oriented training and enabling them to attempt public intellectualism are some of the envisioned aims of the curriculum. Students are expected to make their choices as electives from the third semester onwards, where a student must choose an elective from either Literary Studies, Cultural Studies, and Language and Linguistics track in the third and fourth semesters and from each strand from the fifth semester onwards. The student, therefore, would be creating his/her own pool of electives to work with by also ensuring exposure to each of the tracks in each semester of the program. With committed faculty, the program hopes to bring in robust pedagogical practices, coupled with empathy towards student needs and intelligibility.

Programme Outcome/Programme Learning Goals/Programme Learning Outcome:

PO1: Demonstrate knowledge of key concepts, theoretical frameworks, and discourses in the field of English studies, Cultural studies, and Linguistics through academic engagements.

PO2: Apply critical thinking skills to cultural texts, socio-political contexts, movements, and events while participating in curricular, co-curricular, and extracurricular activities.

PO3: Generate research outputs by identifying and incorporating appropriate research methods and methodologies through engagements in the classroom, fieldwork, internship, and guided research.

PO4: Evaluate the discourses on citizenship, nation-state, gender and diversity, hegemonic practices and sustainability within regional, national and global contexts by employing the frameworks and concepts introduced in various courses.

PO5: Utilise writing skills to communicate effectively to support academic endeavours by consistent and systematic involvement in collaborative peer engagements and assignments, research, and internship projects.

PO6: Practise and display the skills of leadership and problem-solving by participating in and organising group assignments, national and international seminars, conferences, workshops, research projects, internships, apprenticeships, and co-curricular and extra-curricular activities.

PO7: Demonstrate an understanding of the value of interdisciplinary inquiry.

PO8: Equip themselves to face the challenges of society and the professional world by practising self-awareness, personal integrity, positive attitude, and respect for peers through curricular engagements as well as HED, Skill Development, and service-learning.

Assesment Pattern

 

CIA + ESE

CIA (Weight)

ESE (Weight)

 100

70 (65+5)

30

Examination And Assesments

Assessment

 

The assessment methods developed by the course instructor (sometimes in consultation with the students) include three internal assessments, a mid-semester examination, and an end-semester examination. Some papers also provide for flexibility in the structure and the mode of administering these assessments. Details of such testing patterns will be available through the respective course instructors as well as the syllabus for the papers. Feedback would be provided to students on their internal assessment which will enable them to build on their knowledge of the specific papers.

 

BBS191 A - SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

To create a sense of ownership of issues related to CSR, Environment and sustainability of businesses.

Understand the basic concept of Sustainable Development (SD), the environmental, social and economic dimensions.

To teach how to critically analyze, evaluate and judge competing perspectives on the challenge of creating a sustainablefuture.

To understand the Sustainable development challenge for companies, their responsibility and their potentials for action.

Course Outcome

Concern for society and nature

Ability to create sustainable organizations

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction
 

Meaning and Scope, Corporate Social Responsibility, Sustainability, Sustainability Terminologies and Meanings, why is Sustainability an Imperative, Sustainability Case Studies, Triple Bottom Line (TBL)

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Sustainable Development Strategy
 

Reasons to adopt sustainable strategy by firms, tools used by the firm to implement their sustainable development strategies, evaluation of firm’s commitment to sustainable strategies by the stakeholders.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Environmental Management Systems:
 

Using Standards, Certification and other Systems to further SD goals Introduction, Global management systems exist to guide firms in establishing and implementing a strategy,how do these various approaches, including certification, encourage sustainable business practices.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Sustainable Future
 

Establishing priorities for sustainable future, Role of women in sustainability, Challenge of creating a green economy, Sustainability crisis in 21st century, failures of global capitalism, transforming global capitalism, creating a restorative economy.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Corporate Sustainability Reporting Frameworks
 

Global Reporting Initiative Guidelines, National Voluntary Guidelines on Social, Environmental and Economic Responsibilities of, Business, International Standards, Sustainability Indices, Principles of Responsible Investment, Challenges in Mainstreaming Sustainability Reporting, Sustainability Reporting Case Studies

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.      Balachandran V, & Chandrashekharan V, (2011). Corporate Governance, Ethics and social responsibility, PHI.

2.      Concepts of Environmental Management for Sustainable Development

3.      Baxi C. V & Rupamanjari Sinha Ray, (2012). Corporate Social Responsibility: A Study of CSR Practices in Indian Industry, Vikas Publishing House.

4.      Corporate Goverance – Badi N. V, Vrinda Publications, 2012.

5.      Fernando A. C, (2011). Corporate Governance: principles, policies and practices, Pearson.

6.      Ghosh B. N, (2012). Business Ethics and Corporate Governance , Tata McGraw-Hill.

7.      Keshoo Prasad, Corporate Governance -, PHI.

8.      Lawrence and Weber, (2010). Business and Society, Tata McGraw-Hill.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Andrew Crane & Dirk Matten (2010). Business ethics, Oxford.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 - Written assignment on cases relating to sustainability practices followed in any country. (No country should be repeated) (20 marks)

CIA 2 - Mid sem Class exam (25 marks)

CIA 3 - Group presentation and report for pre allotted topics.(20 marks)

End sem - Class exam (30 marks)

BBS191 B - A LIFE WORTH LIVING - FROM HEALTH TO WELL BEING (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

To examine health in its truest sense, one must explore beyond the limits of medicine to engage a much wider set of questions embracing social, cultural, political, economic, moral and spiritual aspects of human experience. The course focuses on the knowledge and skills that students require to lead a healthy, productive and balanced life.

 

Course Outcome

On completing the course, students will be able to:

  • Explain health as a multi-dimensional and dynamic concept, which necessarily integrates individual, societal, biomedical, spiritual, cultural and historical influences, and how this relates to health issues encountered in everyday life.
  • Assess the inter-relatedness of health perceptions and practices across cultures.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Introduction to health
 

Health of individuals and communities – The significance of determinants of health and how these raise or lower the health of individuals and communities - Health promotion to improve health - Personal and popular attitudes and beliefs and their impact on decision making - self-management - interpersonal and key consumer health skills - Factors influencing health, and actions and strategies to protect and promote health, through investigation and inquiry processes.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Food and Values
 

Philosophy of food, Values – Three different types of values, Meat – Is it wrong to eat animals?Hunger – Do we have a duty to help starving people? - Drugs – Why is it wrong to take drugs? - GM food – How should food technology be regulated? - Capitalism – Food, globalization, and equality - Art – Can food be art? What is art? - Taste – Is taste entirely subjective? - Science – Can science explain conscious taste experiences? -Eating – Eat to live, or live to eat

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Nutrition
 

Balanced diet & Nutrition, Macro and micro nutrients – Nutritive and non nutritive components of diet – Eating for weight control – healthy weight – The pitfalls of dieting – food intolerance and food myths – Food supplements for adolescents. 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Physical Education
 

Concept of physical education – Meaning – definition – aims – objectives of physical education and fitness – Need & importance of fitness – Types of fitness – Health related physical fitness – performance related physical fitness – physical activities and health benefits - Activities for developing physical fitness

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
Sleep
 

What is sleep? – The phylogeny of sleep – Developmental course of sleep – Dreams- Functions of sleep – Daytime sleepiness and alertness – Sleep disorders.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:6
Safety education and health promotion
 

Principles of accident prevention – health and safety in daily life – health and safety at work – first aid and emergency care – common injuries and their management

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:9
Spirituality, Religion and Social Change
 

Meaning of life - Meaning of death- Indian Rituals, symbols, and myths - Spirituality, altruism and moral justice - Resources to deal with stress, temptations, disappointments and failures, social oppression, the loss of possessions and of loved ones, and with one’s own death. 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Indian Journals of health and well being

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

As prescribed by the facilitator

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1, Mid sem, CIA 3, End sem - 100 Marks

BBS191C - MAHABHARATHA AND MODERN MANAGEMENT (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

The Mahabharata of the great Maharishi Veda Vyasa is a treasure trove of knowledge, principles and paradigms. It is written that what is not in the Mahabharata will not be found elsewhere. Written nearly thousands of years ago, the Mahabharata is as yet a source of knowledge, especially modern management principles.In essence it highlights the victory of Dharma in times of Adharma.This subject is a comprehensive learning on management lessons which can be inferred from the great epic. It gives a clear understanding and comparison of management Principles, practices and the various functions of management with the epic. The syllabus is structured to provide basic conceptual knowledge on the principles of management. It also deals with behavioral issues in the individual processes, group and interpersonal processes.

Course Objectives:

  •  Discuss the epic by summarizing the various parvas/units in class in accordance with the management concept
  •  Review and make a critical estimate of the epic with a focus on morals, ethics, legal and management concepts
  • To develop competencies and knowledge of students to become effective professionals

Course Outcome

Course Learning Outcome: Students will get to know team work and group dynamics

  • Students will get to know determination and hard work and its implication on business decision
  • Students will be able to appreciate the role of general management for the success of an organization.
  • This subject will enable them to enhance their Moral, social, ethical and professional skills
  • To understand the manner in which strategic and competitive advantage is developed

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction to Mahabharatha
 

The older generations-The Pandava and Kaurava princes- Lakshagraha (the house of lac)

Establishment of the kingdom-Administration and Management principles

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Marriage and Building of New city
 

Marriage to Draupadi- An event study approach.

Indraprastha-A new beginning- Pressure for change – Change process, Types of change, Factors influencing change, Resistance to change

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
The Big Game
 

The dice game- Cooperative strategies & Reasons for strategic alliances-

Exile and return- Risks and costs of strategic alliances

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
The battle at Kurukshetra
 

The battle at Kurukshetra - Strategic Planning and Management- levels at which strategy operates- Event approaches to strategic decision making,

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Post Kurukshetra
 

The end of the Pandavas- Succession Planning,Authority and Responsibility

The reunion Organizing- Choosing the organizational structure

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert Jr. (2014). Management (6th edition), New Delhi: Prentice Hall India.

Rao, V.S.P., & Krishna, V.H., (2011). Strategic Management: Text and Cases. New Delhi: Excel Books.

Pratap Chandra Roy ,The complete Mahabharata translated into English prose directly from the original sanskrit text.(1st Edition) oriental publishing co.

Source: Jaya - An Illustrated Retelling of the Mahabharata

 

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

C Rajagopalachari (2017). Mahabharata (63rdedition), Mumbai: Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan.

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 10 Marks

MSE   30 Marks

CIA 3 10 Marks

End Assesment 50 Marks

BBS191D - CYBER SECURITY FOR THE MILLENNIAL GENERATION (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Any individual can have a real-time video conversation with someone on the other side of the planet, one can send and receive money without even taking out their wallet, and even can post content online that reaches millions of people in a matter minutes. Unfortunately, the same technology that enables all this new freedom and convenience also exposes us to new security threats that we've never encountered. Malware that infects your computer and watches everything you do, phishing scams that steal private information from millions of people - today's digital world is a criminal's playground. It makes the process of stealing money or even stealing someone's entire identity way more efficient. Hence it becomes very important to protect yourself and your private data from cyber intruders. This course outlines a step-by-step roadmap that one can follow to build a tight wall of security around your digital life.

Course Objectives:

This course gives the background needed to understand basic cyber security. Students will be introduced to the world of spyware, phishing, malware, spam, social engineering, hacking and other common internet spying techniques. Students will also learn the intervention methods in securing themselves in cyber space.

Course Outcome

  • To understand how to identify online scams.
  • To develop the right mindset and habits for securing themselves from intruders.
  • To learn how to secure their online browsing.
  • To learn how to create super passwords and how to manage them.
  • To practice cyber security skills in real world scenarios.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction to Cyber security
 

Why security matters – The importance of multi-layer security – the most common security threats – The dark side of Internet – The world of malware – phishing – social engineering – scams – hacking –cyber warfare.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Mindset and Habits
 

Developing the right mindset and habits for security – the importance of skepticism – avoiding malicious sites and applications – Tools needed to browse the Internet securely - why software updates matter – knowing (and limiting yourself).

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Smartphone security
 

Why mobile security matters – setting up a passcode lock –importance of password security – best practices – using password manager- managing third-party app permissions – locating a lost or stolen smartphone.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Multi-factor authentication and Connected apps
 

Framework – types of mobile two-factor authentication – Two-Factor authentication: Google, Facebook, Twitter and other services - danger of rogue connected apps – managing connected apps on Google and Facebook – managing browser extensions/add-ons – staying secure with connected apps and extensions.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Encryption
 

Encryption definition – How SSL (HTTPS) protects your passwords and private data - encrypting your web traffic with a virtual private network (VPN) – encrypting computer's hard drive – encrypting smartphone – firewalls – antivirus.

Text Books And Reference Books:

·     Graham,James., Howard,Richard., & Olson,Ryan. (2011). Cyber Security Essentials. USA: CRC Press.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

·         Lalit,Gulab Chandra. (2014). Cyber security threats: An emerging challenge. New Delhi: Mohit Publications.

·        Arora, A. (2014). Information Warfare and Cyber Security. Jaipur: Book Enclave.

·       Santanam, R., Sethumadhavan, M., & Virendra, M. (2011). Cyber security, cybercrime and cyber forensics: Applications and perspectives. Hershey, PA: Information Science Reference.

·         Ahamad, F. (2013). Cyber Law and Information Security. New Delhi: Dreamtech Press.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA I - 20 marks

CIA II - 25 marks

CIA III - 20 marks

End Semester - 30 marks

Attendance - 05 marks

BBS191E - TOURISM, CULTURE, AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The Course presents several of the operational projects implemented by, or with the support of UNESCO, to illustrate how cultural tourism policies developed in the spirit of the principles and values contained in the texts, standard-setting instruments, declarations and recommendations adopted by UNESCO, are put into practice.

To open a debate on the complex questions that surround the relations between culture and tourism, tourism and development, and tourism and dialogue among cultures.

Course Outcome

  • To use Tourism as an instrument to bring individuals and human communities into contact
  • To understand the role of cultures and civilizations in facilitating dialogue among cultures
  • To recognise the capacity of Tourism in assisting the world’s inhabitants to live better together and thereby contribute to the construction of peace in the minds of men and women

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction, Key Themes and Issues in Tourism, Culture and Development
 

Finding Meaning through Tourism, Tourism as a World of Paradoxes, The Centrality of Experiences, Changing Contexts and Emerging Challenges in the Context of Development

Culture, Heritage and Diversity as Tourism Resources, Understanding Culture and Cultural Resources in Tourism, Cultural Tourism as a Means of Economic Development, Developing the Cultural Supply Chain, Exploitation of Culture

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:5
Tourism as a Vehicle for Inter-Cultural Dialogue
 

Tourist – Host Encounters, The Role of Routers / Intermediaries / Media, Tourism – Tourist Education, Cross Cultural Understanding

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
Tourism and Environmental Protection
 

Introduction to the Natural Environment, Tourism and the Spirit of Nature, Fragile and Vulnerable Ecosystems, Cultural Implications of Mobilizing Natural Resources for Tourism, From Ecotourism to Integrated Tourism

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Issues of Governance in Tourism, Culture and Development
 

Developing Structures to Develop and Manage Tourism and Culture, Complexities and Challenges of Policy Making in Tourism and Culture, Responsibilities / Tensions and Actions, The Gender Dimension, Stakeholders and Collaborations

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:12
Preservation and Mobilization of Cultural Resources
 

Cultural Tourism Itinerary, Raising Awareness about the Fragility of Heritage Sites, Education for Lasting Tourism

Case Studies from The Palestinian Territories, Central America, Western Africa, Mauritania and Angkor

Economic Empowerment and poverty Alleviation, Sustainable Tourism Development Strategy, Forging Innovative and Inter-Disciplinary Approaches, Indigenous Resource Management Systems, Empowering Communities through Tourism

Case Studies from The Aral Sea Basin, Local Effort in Asia and Pacific (LEAP), Mountainous Regions of Central and South Asia

Dissemination of Knowledge and Reconciliation with the Past, Local and Indigenous Knowledge Systems in a Global Society (LINKS), UNESCO’s Actions in the field of Tourism, Culture and Development

Case Studies on UNESCO’s Conventions, Seminars and Universal Declarations

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:5
Mobilizing Nature for Sustainable Tourism
 

Capacity Building and Youth Poverty Alleviation through Tourism and Heritage (PATH)

Case Studies on Sao Paulo’s Green Belt Biosphere Reserve

Text Books And Reference Books:

Appadurai A. (2002) Cultural Diversity: A Conceptual Platform. In K. Stenou (ed.) UNESCO Universal Declaration on Cultural Diversity. UNESCO Publishing, Paris, pp. 9-16.

Appadurai A. (2003) Modernity at Large. Cultural Dimensions of Globalization. Minneapolis, University of Minnesota Press.

Boumedine R. S. and Veirier L. (2003) Towards a Strategy for the Sustainable Development of Tourism in the Sahara in the Context of Poverty Eradication. UNESCO Publishing, Paris.

Cohen E. (2004) Contemporary Tourism. Diversity and Change. Elsevier, London.

Hemmati, M. ed. (1999) Women’s Employment and Participation in Tourism, Report for UN Commission on Sustainable Development 7th Session. UNED.

Intergovernmental Conference on Cultural Policies for Development (1998) Final Report. (Also referred to as Stockholm Action Plan). UNESCO Publishing, Paris.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

International Labour Organisation (2001) Human resources development, employment and globalization in the hotel, catering and tourism sector (Report for discussion at the Tripartite Meeting on Human Resources Development, Employment and Globalization in the Hotel, Catering and Tourism Sector, Geneva, ILO).

Komla E.E. and Veirier L. (2004) Tourism, Culture and Development in West-Africa: For a Cultural Tourism Consistent with Sustainable Development. UNESCO Publishing, Paris.

Posey D.A. (Ed) (1999) Cultural and Spiritual Values of Biodiversity. A Complementary Contribution to the Global Biodiversity Assessment. Intermediate Technology Publications, London (on behalf of United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), Nairobi).

Robertson, R. (1990) Mapping the Global Conditions: Globalization as the Central Concept. In M. Featherstone (ed.) Global Culture: Nationalism, Globalization and Modernity. Sage, London, pp. 15-30.

Steck B., Strasdas W., and Gustedt, E. (1999) Tourism in Technical Co-operation. A guide to the conception, planning and implementation of project-accompanying measures in regional rural development and nature conservation. GTZ, Eschborn.

Tour Operators’ Initiative for Sustainable Tourism Development (2004) Supply Chain Engagement for Tour Operators: Three Steps towards Sustainability. UNEP-Sustainable Tourism, Paris.

Winkin Y. (2002) Cultural Diversity: A Pool of Ideas for Implementation. In K. Stenou (ed.)

UNESCO Universal Declaration on Cultural Diversity. UNESCO Publishing, Paris, pp. 17-60.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 - Group Activity and Written Submission on “Culture and Cultural Resources in Tourism – From an Inter-Disciplinary Perspective” (20 Marks)

CIA 2 - Mid Semester Examination (25 Marks)

CIA 3 - Group Activity and Written Submission on “Integrated Tourism by Mobilizing Natural Resources” (20 Marks)

Final Submission - An Individual Activity supported by Written Submission on “Designing a Structured Plan to Develop and Manage Sustainability through Tourism and Culture; An Inter-Disciplinary Perspective” (30 Marks)

BBS191F - DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION AND ITS IMPACT ON SOCIETY (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course deals with interaction between technology, its transformation and the impact it has in today's society. an interdisciplinary course giving overview about the various business models, platforms companies use for creating values among the people and initiatives taken by government related to technology for nation building. This course engage the students to confront the realities brought by disruptive technologies and the change in lifestyle of society.

COURSE OBJECTIVE

 This course attempts to be more effective in dealing with digital transformation and its impact on society.

Course Outcome

  • Understand the evolving technologies and platforms used by business
  • Analyze the impact of technology on day-day life
  • Aware about initiatives by government for nation building

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction & Platform Trends
 

Digital Transformation in the global enterprise, Digital business ecosystem, Multi-sided platform Business- Two sided platform Mediated Networks, Management challenges for Networked Business, Difference between platform and merchant models-Digital Business Models, Value co-creation, Data Business, Data Security.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Managing Disruptive Technologies
 

Disruptive innovation-Transformation enabled by business analytics, Machine learning management, Internet of Things-AI& Human Intelligence, Cloud computing, Social media and social content strategies, Digital transformation in selected industry sectors.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Operational Excellence and Customer Intimacy
 

Enterprise system-business achieving operational excellence, business achieving customer intimacy, challenges faced by enterprise application, next generation enterprise applications.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Technology & Nation Building
 

Indian government DST Agenda, Major development programs in technology in India, Contribution of technology in leveraging nation development.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
IT & Society
 

Information technology and society- an introduction, Social shaping of Technology, Globalization and domestication, Social implications of online data, IT intervention and changes in lifestyle-Baby boomers, GenX, GenY, GenZ.

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Baron, Naomi S. Always On: Language in an Online and Mobile World. 2008. New York: Oxford University Press.
  2. Gutmann, Michael (2001), Information Technology and Society, https://www.zurich.ibm.com/pdf/news/Gutmann.pdf
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Winning the Race with Ever Smarter Machines, Andrew McAfee and Erik Brynjolfsson,
  2. Sloan Management Review, Winter 2012, pp. 53-60. (HBS)
  3. Alibaba and the Future of Business (HBR, Zeng, Sept-Oct. 2018)
  4. Nintendo Game On!Ivey 2016: W16600
  5. Voice War: Hey Google vs. Alexa vs. Siri (HBS 2018: 718519)
  6. Hatsune Miku: Japanese virtual idol ignites global value co-creation (Ivey, 2015: W14631)
  7. Carolina Healthcare System: Consumer Analytics (HBS 2015: 9-515-060)
  8. Digitalization at Siemens (HBS 2017: 9-717-428)
Evaluation Pattern

CIA I - 20 marks

CIA II - 25 marks

CIA III - 20 marks

End Semester - 30 marks

Attendance - 05 marks

BBS191G - TECHNOLOGY AND LIFE (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Technological development has contributed many innovations and ease of life for the human beings. However it has also generated problems .This course is offered to provide the basic knowledge of technology and the uses of technology in different areas of life basically hospitals and banks. The course focuses on identifying the technological benefits and finding solutions to the challenges generated by the technology in daily life. The course will be offered with an intention of enabling the students to visit the different institutions and to identify the technological needs and develops .Finally the course creates awareness about the dangerous of continuous usage of technology.

Course Objectives:

·         To know the history of technological developments in the daily life.

·         To Understand the impact of technology in different areas  of society

·         To identify the technological progress in the health care centre of Bangalore City.

·         To identify the technological progress in the Financial Institutions functioning in   Bangalore.

·         To find the solutions to the tech based problems of day to day life.

Course Outcome

·         Clear understanding of technology and its impact on daily life.

·         Practical knowledge of technological developments in the health and banking sector

·         Solution to the problems originated by the tech addiction.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction to Technology and Life
 

Meaning- Definitions- evolution of technology-growth in the use of technology in daily life. Disruptive technologies transforming life, business and global economy- Disruptive technology trends in recent years. live reports and cases

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Impact of technology on daily life
 

Overview of Impact of technology on- Business-Society-Education-Agriculture-Banking-Health Care –Positive and negative impacts

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Technology and Health Care
 

Instruments requited in the field of Hospitals-Identify the different technologies used in the different hospitals –Need for new technology and the Plans of the Institutions to acquire-Identifying the affordable health services from the perspective of individuals.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Technology and Financial Services
 

Introduction to the different digital services offered by the banks and financial institution- Identify the different technologies used in the city- most demanded services-scope for introduction of new technical support by the banks and financial institutions

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:7
Future of Well-Being in a Tech-Saturated World
 

Themes about the future of well-being and digital life-The benefits of digital life

Concerns over harms-Effects on technology on the youths of today-Tech Experts big predications-Solutions to the technology driven daily life problems

Text Books And Reference Books:

The People Vs Tech: How the internet is killing democracy (and how we save it) v By by Jamie Bartlett

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

New Thinking: From Einstein to Artificial Intelligence, the Science and Technology at Transformed Our World by by Dagogo Altraide

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1, 2, 3 and End sem - 100 Marks

BECH191A - INSTITUTIONS AND INFORMAL ECONOMY (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

The primary aim of this course is to introduce students to the concept of institutions and the informal economy in a global context. The discourse examines the informal economy through the lens of institutional economics. The aim is to acquaint students to significant discourses and issues in policy design and intervention.  

 

Course Objectives

This course will:

 

  • introduce students to the institutions and institutional change through major concepts in institutional economics;

  • discuss the informal economy through concepts, theory and measurement;

  • examine the linkages of formal and informal economy;

  • train students to hone their writing and presentation skills to effectively discuss these complex ideas.

Course Outcome

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

  • understand the concepts and some of the theoretical discourses in the study of institutional change and informal economy;

  • examine how the formal and informal economies are no longer separate watertight compartments but function together as an interactive system;

  • effectively communicate these complex ideas through written and oral presentation.

 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Institutions and Institutional Change
 

Institutions, Economic Theory and Economic Performance; Informal Constraints; Formal Constraints; The Path of Institutional Change

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Elements of Institutional Economics
 

Contracts and Property Rights: the Concepts of Exchange and Property, Critique of the Utilitarian Calculus; Transaction Costs, Bargaining Power; Markets as Institutions; Firms and Markets

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Informality: Concepts, Theory and Measurement
 

Bureaucratic Form and the Informal Economy; Formal and Informal Enterprises: Concepts, Definition, and Measurement Issues; Linking the Formal and Informal Economy.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:13
Empirical Studies in Institutional Change and Informality
 

CASE STUDIES: The Impact of Regulation on Growth and Informality: Cross-Country Evidence; Blocking Human Potential: How Formal Policies Block the Economy in the Maputo Corridor; Enforcement and Compliance in Lima’s Street Markets: The Origins and Consequences of Policy Incoherence towards Informal Traders

Text Books And Reference Books:

Essential Readings

Alston, L. J., Eggertsson, T., & North, D. C. (Eds.). (1996). Empirical Studies in Institutional Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Guha-Khasnobis, B., Kanbur, R., & Ostrom, E. (Eds.). (2006). Linking the Formal and Informal Economy: Concepts and Policies. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Misztal, B. (2002). Informality: Social theory and Contemporary Practice. Routledge.

North, D. (1990). Institutions, Economic Theory and Economic PerformanceInstitutions, Institutional Change and Economic Performance. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Recommended Readings

Arias, O., Fajnzylber, P., Maloney, W., Mason, A., Perry, G., & Saavedra-Chanduvi, J. (2007). Informality: Exit and Exclusion. Washington: The World Bank.

Harris, J. (2006). Power Matters: Essays on Institutions, Politics, and Society in India. New York: Oxford University Press.

Mehta, P. B., & Kapur, D. (2005). Public Institutions in India: Performance and Design. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Nayyar, D. (Ed.). (2002). Governing Globalization: Issues and Institutions. Oxford University Press.

Oviedo, A. M. (2009). Economic Informality: Causes, Costs, and Policies: A Literature Survey of International Experience. Country Economic Memorandum (CEM).

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

Course title

MSE (Weight)

ESE (Weight)

Attendance

Institutions and Informal Economy

45%

50%

5%

 

Mid Semester Examination

Group/Individual Assignment

45 Marks

 

End Semester Examination

Group/Individual Assignment

50 Marks

 

BECH191B - ECONOMICS OF CORRUPTION (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course is aimed at undergraduate students to introduce to them the prominent debates in the economics of corruption. The course discusses how corruption acts as a constraint on economic growth using the theoretical constructs in Political Economy. It allows students to delve into the causes and consequences of corruption. In particular, the course will examine how corruption affects the emerging economies.

This course will:

  • consider some of the seminal papers on the economics of corruption
  • acquaint students to significant debates about transparency, competition and privatization and its relevance to corruption
  • analyse corruption in emerging economies through various case studies
  • discuss issues from various perspectives, such as, viewing corruption as erosion of trust and abuse of power
  • train students to hone their writing and presentation skills to effectively discuss complex ideas.

Course Outcome

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

  • appreciate that nuances in the way corruption is defined and understood in different economies
  • analyse the cause and  consequences of corruption
  • examine some of the policies reforms aimed at tackling corruption
  • investigate some impacts of corruption on emerging economies
  • effectively communicate complex ideas through written and oral presentation.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Corruption, Poor Governance and Institutional Structure
 

Causes and Consequences of Corruption: What do we know from a cross-section of countries?, Democratic Institutions and Corruption: Incentives and Constraints in Politics, Bargaining for Bribes: the Role of Institutions

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Corruption and the Private Sector
 

The Privatization of Rent-Generating Industries and Corruption; Corruption in Private Sector, Why the private sector is likely to lead the next stage in the global fight against corruption.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Tackling Corruption
 

Corruption and Policy Reform; Anti-Corruption Authorities: An Effective Tool to Curb Corruption?  Corruption and Competition: Fair Markets as an Anticorruption Device

Text Books And Reference Books:

Auriol, E., & Straub, S. (2011). Privatization of Rent-generating Industries and Corruption. In S. Rose-Ackerman & T. Søreide, (Eds.). International Handbook on the Economics of Corruption, (Vol. 2). Cheltenham: Edward Elgar Pub.

Burger, E. S., & Holland, M. S. (2006). Why the private sector is likely to lead the next stage in the global fight against corruption. Fordham International Law Journal, 30, 45.

Cartier-Bresson, J. (2000). Economics of corruption. Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development. The OECD Observer, (220), 25.

Jain, A. K. (2001). Corruption: A Review. Journal of Economic Surveys, 15(1), 71-121.

Jain, A. K. (Ed.). (2012). Economics of Corruption (Vol. 65). Springer Science & Business Media.

Meschi, P. X. (2009). Government Corruption and Foreign Stakes in International Joint Ventures in Emerging Economies. Asia Pacific Journal of Management, 26(2), 241-261.

Meyer, K. E., Estrin, S., Bhaumik, S. K., & Peng, M. W. (2009). Institutions, Resources, and Entry Strategies in Emerging Economies. Strategic Management Journal, 30(1), 61-80.

Nowakowski, K. (2010). Corruption in Private Sector.Economics and Law, 6(1), 345-360.

Rose-Ackerman, S. (1975). The Economics of Corruption. Journal of Public Economics, 4(2), 187-203.

Uhlenbruck, K., Rodriguez, P., Doh, J., & Eden, L. (2006). The Impact of Corruption on Entry Strategy: Evidence from Telecommunication Projects in Emerging Economies. Organization Science, 17(3), 402-414.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

The readings mentioned as essential are to be followed.

Evaluation Pattern

Course title

MSE (Weight)

ESE (Weight)

Attendance

The Economics of Corruption

45%

50%

5%

Mid Semester Examination

Group/Individual Assignment

45 Marks

End Semester Examination

Group/Individual Assignment

50 Marks

 

BENG111 - ACADEMIC SKILLS AND LITERARY PRACTICES (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

Academic Skills and Literacy Practices are a blend of theoretical ability to recognize the nuances of linguistic aspects and hands-on training to exercise the acquired knowledge in reasoning, reading and writing. Academic Skills focus on developing research skills through careful reading and critical writing that are considered foundational and crucial in textual scholarship and knowledge production. The participants of this course will determine their areas of interest in conceptualizing their seminal work and constructing a reasoned argument. The course deals with receptive skills (reading) and productive skills (writing). The course prompts enable the participants to take their learning-receptive skills and productive skills in a purpose-driven and practice oriented mode on a contextual basis. This course facilitates the participants with varied practices, tasks, exemplars, sample papers to practice with context-driven reading material. The participants of this course will exercise their textual scholarship and translate their areas of interest into meaningful writing. This course directs the learners to produce basic academic presentations which should be career-oriented and of social relevance. The whole course and its structure involve Bloom’s taxonomy of knowledge, comprehension, application, analysis, evaluation and synthesis, principles of Writing, features of writing, essay organization, academic presentation, and research aptitude

 

Course Objectives

On completion of the course, students will be able: 

·      To acquire critical and creative thinking 

·      To develop the taste for theory of knowledge

·      To be aware of professional and research driven presentation skills 

·      To apply the mechanics in academic writing skills

·      To use research skills to take a position in writing (writing a paper or presentation)

 

 

Course Outcome

Course Outcomes

On successful completion of this module, students should be able to: 

·      Identify the various forms of academic writing.

·      Display a comprehensive understanding of academic skills and ethics.

·      Critically read and write academic english. 

·      Produce non-plagiarized academic content in form of presentations and papers.

·      Apply the learnings from this course in the creation and production various assignments across courses

 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Principles and features of Academic writing
 

 

·      Cohesion, Clarity, Logical Order, Consistency, Unity, Conciseness, Completeness

·      Anchoring the context 

·      Building Thesis 

·      Taking a position 

·      Organizing ideas 

·      Developing Paragraphs 

 

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:5
Essay Organisation
 

 

·      The Basics: What does a good essay need? 

·      Basic steps in writing an essay: Characteristics/ Features, Types, Research, Formal and Informal Essays, Focus on the writing stages

 

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Critical Reading
 

·      Pre-reading, Annotating, Outlining, Summarizing,  Finding oppositions,  Identifying thesis and related arguments, Three Pass Approach

 

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Research Skills Research Writing
 

·     What is research?,  Importance of Research, Type: Primary and Secondary Research; Research Methodology; Referencing: Introduction to MLA, Introduction to APA 

·      Abstract

·      Literature Review 

·      Annotated Bibliography 

·      Writing Introductions, chapters and conclusions

·      Academic Integrity and Research Ethics: Plagiarism

 

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Academic Presentation
 

·      Starting a Presentation; Stating your purpose; Presentations – signposting; Presentations – Survival Language; A Friendly Face; Microphones; Nerves; Stand Up;   

·      Describing change – verbs;

·      Describing change – adjectives; 

·      Describing change – giving figures; 

·      Commenting on visuals; 

·      Dealing with questions; 

·      Rhetorical questions; Focusing attention; Cause and effect 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

Bailey. S. 2015. Academic Writing : A Handbook for International Students. London and New York: Routledge.

Murray, N. 2012. Writing Essays in English Language and Linguistics, Cambridge University Press.

Swales, J.and C. Feak. 2012. Academic Writing for Graduate Students: Essential Skills and Tasks. Michigan University Press

 

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Pattern

    CIA 1: Writing bases assessment on critical reading exercise

    CIA 2: Seminar/Oral Presentations

    MSE Submission: An extended abstract should be written on the area of interest.

    ESE Submission: A full paper should be developed on the extended abstract.

 

BENG121 - ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION I (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

English Language and Composition course is an intensive program for two semesters for all the students of the BA/BSc programmes  (ENGH, EPH, ECOH, JOUH, PSYH, MEP) that introduces students to a wide range of expository works in order to develop their knowledge of rhetoric and make them aware of the power of language. The course is designed to meet the rigorous requirements of a graduate level courses and therefore includes expository, analytical, personal, and argumentative texts from a variety of authors and historical contexts. It would provide students with the opportunity to work with the rhetorical situation, examining the authors’ purposes as well as the audiences and the subjects in texts.

The purpose of the course is to enable students to read analytically, formulate arguments based on the readings, and respond by composing articulate essays that utilize advanced elements of sentence structure, syntax, style, purpose, and tone. Thus, by the use of rhetorical principles, students will learn how to become critical thinkers, and apply that knowledge to their writing by revising and improving their essays, as well as critiquing and editing peer essays. In addition, students will be required to thoroughly research relevant topics, synthesize information from a variety of sources, and document their knowledge in a cogent well written report. Also, as the course is designed to engage students with rhetoric in multiple mediums, including visual media such as photographs, films, advertisements, comic strips, music videos, and TED talks; students would develop a sense to comprehend how resource of language operates in any given text. While the first semester focusses on understanding principles of rhetoric through multiple texts, the second semester is more thematic in nature familiarizing students with texts from multiple disciplines, especially in the context of India.

 

As part of the course students are expected to maintain a writing journal to monitor their progress in writing.

Course Objectives

To enable students to:

       Enable students to become Independent critical thinker, who are aware of the power of language.

       Enable students to become excellent communicators of the language.

       Equip students with necessary skills for graduate course and for career.

Course Outcome

       Analyse and interpret samples of good writing by identifying and explaining an author’s use of rhetorical strategies and techniques

       Analyze both visual and written texts.

       Apply effective strategies and techniques in their own writing

       Create and sustain arguments based on reading, research, and/or personal experience;

       Demonstrate understanding and mastery of English Language as well as stylistic maturity in their own writings

       Produce expository, analytical, and argumentative compositions that introduce a complex central idea and develop it with appropriate evidence drawn from primary and/or secondary source material, cogent explanations, and clear transitions;

       Move effectively through the stages of the writing process with careful attention to inquiry and research, drafting, revising, editing, and review;

       Write thoughtfully about their own process of composition

       Revise a work to make it suitable for a different audience

       Communicate effectively in different media by developing their LSRW skills.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Language of Composition
 

The unit will focus on understanding Rhetoric and Various Rhetoric situation. The aim is to assert the idea that rhetoric is always contextual and there is a link between the speaker, audience and what the content of the text is. This will enable students to understand the significance of context while analysing and composing a text.

1.     Introduction to Rhetoric and Rhetoric Situation.

Lou Gehrig’s Farewell Speech https://www.lougehrig.com/farewell/

 

2.     SOAP Analysis: Through the analysis of the text the aim to look at the mode in which various factors like subject, occasion, audience and purpose impacts rhetoric.

Letter to Einstein and Reply. http://www.lettersofnote.com/2012/05/dear-einstein-do-scientists-pray.html

George W. Bush 9/11 speech http://www.americanrhetoric.com/speeches/gwbush911addresstothenation.htm

Tryst with Destiny by Jawaharlal Nehru

http://www.americanrhetoric.com/speeches/jawaharlalnehrutrystwithdestiny.htm

 

3.     Ethos, Pathos and Logos: Understanding Aristotle’s concept of Ethos, Pathos and Logos is significant in understanding an effective rhetoric. By looking at some of the famous rhetorical works the aim is to understand how the writer’s/ orators of some of the famous rhetorical pieces have used these elements to persuade the reader/ audience.

 

Ethos

 

a)King George VI King’s Speech (Can play part of the movie)https://www.awesomestories.com/asset/view/George-VI-King-s-Speech-September-3-1939

b) The Myth of Latin Women: I Just met a Girl Named Maria https://www.quia.com/files/quia/users/amccann10/Myth_of_a_Latin_Woman

 

c) Quit India Speech by Gandhi

 

Logos

 

a)SlowFood Nation by Alice Watershttps://www.thenation.com/article/slow-food-nation/

b) My Vision For India by Abdul Kalam.

 

Pathos

a) Richard Nixon, from The Checkers Speech http://watergate.info/1952/09/23/nixon-checkers-speech.html

Dwight D. Eisenhower, Order of the Day

b) https://www.whatsoproudlywehail.org/curriculum/the-american-calendar/order-of-the-day-6-june-1944

 

c) Bal Gangadhar Tilak http://speakola.com/political/bal-gangadhar-tilak-freedom-is-my-birthright-1917

 

 

Combining Ethos, Logos, and Pathos

a)              Toni Morrison, Dear Senator Obama http://observer.com/2008/01/toni-morrisons-letter-to-barack-obama/

b)             Crisis of Civilization by Rabindranath Tagore

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Reading Written Texts
 

Focus of the unit would be to introduce multiple ways of analysis, close reading, and usage of argumentative statements and diction. 

 

1.     Queen Elizabeth, Speech to the Troops at Tilburyhttp://www.luminarium.org/renlit/tilbury.htm

2.     Winston Churchill, Blood, Toil, Tears, and Sweat. https://www.winstonchurchill.org/resources/speeches/1940-the-finest-hour/blood-toil-tears-and-sweat-2/

3.     Ralph Ellison, from On Bird, Bird-Watching and Jazz http://www.unz.org/Pub/SaturdayRev-1962jul28-00047

 

4.     Joan Didion, The Santa Ana Winds https://tywls12ela.wikispaces.com/file/view/Didion+Los+Angeles+Notebook.pdf

 

5.      Virginia Woolf, The Death of the Moth

6.     Groucho Marx, Dear Warner Brotherhttps://archive.org/details/Groucho_Marx_Letter_to_Warner_Brothers

 

7.     Christopher Morley, On Lazinesshttp://essays.quotidiana.org/morley/laziness/

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Reading Visual Texts
 

The unit will focus on how to read visual text and the impact it has on audience.

1.     ACLU, The Man on the Left(advertisement)

2.     Tom Toles, Rosa Parks (cartoon) http://thenexthurrah.typepad.com/the_next_hurrah/2005/10/rosa_parks.html

3.     http://webneel.com/rk-lakshman-editorial-cartoons-indian-cartoonist (Political Cartoons) India

4.     https://www.tatacliq.com/que/isro-launch-breaks-record-memes/ ISRO Launch (Times)

5.     Analysing Advertisements ( Fair and Lovely,…) , gender stereotypes in ads.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Determining Effective and Ineffective Rhetoric
 

The unit will engage with the questions on why few texts are effective rhetorical pieces as opposed to others.  A few texts will be analysed to look at different rhetorical situations, and how it is effective and ineffective in persuading the audience/ reader.

 

1.     Jane Austen, from Pride and Prejudice

2.     PETA, Feeding Kids Meat Is Child Abuse (advertisement) 25

3.     Anne Applebaum, If the Japanese Can’t Build a Safe Reactor,Who Can? https://www.washingtonpost.com/opinions/if-the-japanese-cant-build-a-safe-reactor-who-can/2011/03/14/ABCJvuV_story.html?utm_term=.8

4.     Stop for Pedestrians (advertisement)

5.     The Times, Man Takes First Steps on the Moon

6.     William Safire, In Event of Moon Disaster http://mentalfloss.com/article/57908/event-moon-disaster-white-house-speech-worst-case-scenario

7.     Herblock, Transported (cartoon)

8.     Ted Talk: Speak Like a Leader https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bGBamfWasNQ

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
From Reading to Writing
 

By carefully reading the viewpoints of others and considering a range of ideas on an issue, one develops a clearer understanding of our own beliefs — a necessary foundation to writing effective arguments. The unit will focus on analysing elements of argument as a means of critical thinking and an essential step toward crafting argumentative essays. The unit will focus on making an argument and supporting it by synthesising multiple sources. 

1.     Understanding Argument https://csalexander03.wordpress.com/2012/12/04/why-investing-in-fast-food-may-be-a-good-thing-by-amy-domini/

 

2.     http://www.nytimes.com/2004/07/11/opinion/felons-and-the-right-to-vote.html

3.     Using Visual text for Argument

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mjjV_X5re4g

 

4.     Using sources to inform an Argument

5.     Using Sources to Appeal to Audience.

Text Books And Reference Books:

The compilation will be shared with the class. 

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

The course is based on the work Language of Composition: Reading, Writing and Rhetoric by Renee H. Shea, Lawrence Sanclon and Robin Dissin Aufses.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

BENG131 - READING AND ENGAGING WITH TEXTS (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description 

Reading is an essential skill in the development of one’s critical faculties. But it is also important to know how to read, to understand the politics and nuances of ‘texts’. This course aims to help students grasp and negotiate with the complex set of signifying systems we have come to call “texts”. Through this course students will learn to read not just written literatures, but also visuals, cultural signs, films and much more by understanding that anything that you one can engage with and make meaning can function as a text to be read. The course will begin with a module on Understanding English Studies and then carry on from there. 

 

Course Objectives 

The course hopes to enable the learner: 

·      to gain certain skills, like the ability to read, interpret and evaluate texts 

·      develop an understanding of literal and implicit meaning, relevant contexts and of the deeper themes or attitudes that may be expressed

·      recognize and appreciate the ways in which writers use English to achieve a range of effects

·      present an informed, personal response to materials they have studied

·      explore wider and universal issues, promoting students’ better understanding of themselves and of the world around them

·      Inculcate the habit of library work and consulting books/articles for reference.

 

Level of Knowledge

Students should possess the ability to engage with the world around them

Course Outcome

This paper will encourage and develop learners’ ability to:

·      Critically read and analyze a/any literary text.

·      Display their understanding of various genres

·      Construct and reconstruct the understanding of text through classroom debates and discussions.

·      Display a consistent reading habit in the form of multiple classroom engagements.

·      Demonstrate a critical understanding of the politics of language and meaning making

·      Demonstrate the ability to form opinions in and around literature

·      Reflect critically on the world around them

·      Assess and explore the library for their learning

 

 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Understanding English Studies
 

This unit aims to enable students to situate themselves within the domain of English studies and understand their role and their possibilities, enabling them to see where they are and where they are going as an English Honours student.  

 

·      Tory Young: “The Discipline of English”

·      Tory Young: “The New English Student”

·      Gauri Vishwanathan: “Introduction” from Masks of Conquest

 

·      Satish Poduval: “To be in Eng. Lit., Now That…The Voyage Out”. 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:20
Understanding Texts
 

This unit will enable them to understand the central idea of the “text”. This unit will attempt to enable students to understand what a text is and how important it is to engage with it.

 

·      Roland Barthes: Key ideas from “From Work to Text” 

·      Roland Barthes: Key ideas from “The Death of the Author”

 

·      Mario Klarer: “What is Literature, What is a text?” 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Engaging with Literature
 

This unit will attempt to enable the student to understand the literary text in terms of its aesthetics and politics. It will enable the student to understand the nuances of what one has traditionally understood to be literature and problematize those traditional understandings.

 

·      Terry Eagleton : “What is Literature?” 

 

Prescribed Text: Tory Young: Studying English Literature: A Practical Guide

 

·      Reading and Writing

·      Narrating

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:25
Understanding Genres
 

This unit will introduce students to some formal aspects of literary and visual texts. It will introduce them to formal aspects of various genres like narrative voices, points of view, figures of speech, film techniques and such aspects. This unit is intended to enable the student to understand some basic concepts of Narratology in order to read a ‘text’ better. 

 

Prescribed Text: Pramod K Nayar: Studying Literature

 

·      Fiction

·      Poetry

·      Drama

·      Films

·      Music

 

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

All the texts prescribed for study as a compilation. 

 

Nayar, Pramod K. Studying Literature. Orient Blackswan, 2012.

Young, Tory. Studying English Literature: A Practical Guide. Cambridge UP, 2008.

Lodge, David. The Art of Fiction. Vintage, 2011.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

  

Calvino, Italo. The Literature Machine: Essays. RHUK, 1997.

Eco, Umberto. On Literature. RHUK, 2006.

Esslin, Martin. An Anatomy of Drama. Hill and Wang, 1977.

Foster, Thomas C. How to Read Literature Like a Professor. Harper Perennial, 2014. 

Monaco, James. How to Read a Film. Oxford UP, 2009.

Klarer, Klarer. An Introduction to Literary Studies. Routledge, 2013.

MacCaw, Neil. How to Read Texts. Continuum, 2013. 

Sartre, Jean Paul. What is Literature? Rpt. Routledge, 2010.  

Van Doren, Charles and Mortimer J Adler. How to Read a Book. 1940. Touchstone, 2011.

 

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

 

CIA 1 (20 marks)

Any assignment that would enable students to understand the idea of a ‘text’ and that enables them to engage with it in a politically engaging manner. 

 

CIA 2 (MSE): Written Exam for 50 marks

 

CIA 3 (20marks)

Library work submission and a creative assignment that would enable students to produce and interpret a text (20marks)

 

 

 

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

BENG132 - BRITISH LITERATURE 1 (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This paper titled ‘Introduction to British Literature I’ aims at introducing students to the growth and development of English Literature. It aims to equip the students with skills to engage critically and imaginatively with literary texts and their contexts. The constituent elements of the various Units of this paper have been selected on the basis of any one or more of the following ways in which Literature and the Humanities and British Literature in particular has been challenged:

a)    in terms of the text’s medium (for instance, film and visual arts)

b)    minor, lesser-known authors/genres in the period have been considered as texts that will destabilize a traditional notion of British Literature.

The paper is intended less as a survey and more as an introduction to literary moments and debates that have conditioned the development of English Literature across ages.

 

Course Objectives

The objectives of this paper are

•      to inculcate literary sensibility and a spirit of questioning in the students

•      to improve language skills –speaking, reading, writing and listening

•      to equip the students with tools for developing lateral thinking

•      to equip students with critical reading and thinking habits

 

Level of Knowledge

 

The students should have a relatively good command over the English language; they should have basic analytical skills to analyze the nuances of a text. 

 

Course Outcome

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to: 

·      Identify and describe the various ages in British Literary history.

·      Locate the chief literary features and styles across the ages and present it in from of their writing.

·      Construct a connection between the text and the context and present it in form of multiple classroom engagements. 

 

·      Critically evaluate and debate the relevance of these texts in the contemporary times.

 

 

Note: The following Units are indicative in their content. The texts/authors that form part of the final course plan will be culled from this list on the basis of class dynamics/duration or time allotted to individual modules. The following texts have been chosen to illustrate the nuanced teaching methodology required to introduce first year undergraduate students to British Literature in our contemporary “technologized” age where the “text” itself is no longer confined to print media.

 

 

 

 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
12th C?14 C
 

·      Cynewulf: The Dream of the Rood trans. Charles W. Kennedy

·      Layamon: Brut – selections;  Ed. G.L. Brook

 

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:20
Medieval to the Renaissance
 

·      Geoffrey Chaucer:Excerpts from The Canterbury Tales (General Prologue), The Parson’s Tale

·      Philip Sidney: Selections from Astrophel and Stella: Sonnets 1, 15, 27, 34.

·      Edmund Spenser:  Selections from Amoretti: Sonnets XXXIV and LXVII

·      William Shakespeare: Sonnet 130

·      Philip Sidney: An Apology for Poetry.

·      William Shakespeare: As You Like It

·      Christopher Marlowe: Doctor Faustus

 

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:20
Metaphysical Poetry and Neo-classical Literature
 

·      John Donne: “The Canonisatio”

·      Andrew Marvell: “Bermudas”

·      John Milton: Paradise Lost, book X

·      John Dryden: Absalom and Achitophel (excerpts)

·      Alexander Pope: An Essay on Man (excerpts)

·      Jonathan Swift: “The Battle of the Books”

·      Addison and Steele: The Tatler (excerpts)

·      Thomas Gray: “Elegy Written in a Country Churchyard”

·      Aphra Behn: Excerpts from Oroonoko

 

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:20
Romanticism
 

·      William Blake-‘The Chimney Sweeper’ (from both The Songs of Innocence and The Songs of Experience)

·      William Wordsworth - ‘Lines Composed upon Westminster Bridge’.

·      Samuel Taylor Coleridge - ‘Kubla Khan’

·      Percy Bysshe Shelley - ‘Ode to the West Wind’. 

·      John Keats- ‘La Belle Dame Sans Merci’.

·      Mary Shelley - Frankenstein

 

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

-

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Hudson, W. H. An Outline History of English Literature. Atlantic, 2008.

Abrams, M.H. A Glossary of Literary Terms. 8th Ed. Wardworth, 2005. 

Maxwell, Richard, and Katie Trumpener. The Cambridge Companion to Fiction in the Romantic Period. CUP, 2008. 

Sampson, George. The Concise Cambridge History of English Literature, 3rd Ed. CUP, 2005. 

 

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

 

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA 2:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 

CIA 3: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG161 - THE CONSTRUCT OF MODERNITY (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Modernity is generally understood as a specific form of social relations that people enter into in everyday life – but relations which are modified at the most fundamental level by the quality of intersubjectivity. Modern society is characterized by intersubjectivity as an ontological condition, and within which the difference between iso-ontology and poly-ontologies seems to be very vital in appreciating the distance between modern and pre-modern settings.. Modernity is ultimately about relations between people and not about traits in individuals. Keeping that in mind, the course is intended to provide the learner a board overview of the process, phenomena, and events which went into the construction of first, European modernities and a situation where Wars became inevitable. This course will introduce some of the enduring features of modernity which are often overlaid and hidden from view because of contemporaneous diachronic, or the coexistence of different temporal rhythms. The difference between ethical anonymity and morality will also be discussed. In addition, it describes the possible transformation of towards nation-states, and then to knowledge-states.

This course will also familiarize readers with some approaches that examine the intersections of modernity, time and history as concepts, and structures of ordering and explanation. The initial weeks will present contesting discussions within Europe over the origins, understanding and implications of modernity and the terms within which it has been discussed. Among these, discussions on how modernity produces and intersects with notions of time and history have been selected as a focus. These are drawn predominantly from critiques that trace the origins of specific and commonsensical usages of time and history as a consequence of modernity and of enlightenment thought. One point of focus in this course is to examine how modernity is reproduced and reconceptualized through its critique.

The final two units was designed as a mission to separate the modern from the contemporaneous, to revisit the idea of modernity and to de-link it from superficial traits of westernization. Discussing the difference between modernization and ‘westoxication’, the course will take a phenomenological treatment that is abstract and yet illustrative when discussing issues such as affirmative action, citizenship, and development with special focus on post-colonial India. This course argues that given the reality of mistaken modernity and the idealization of the past in many societies of the colonized world, it is necessary to make the case for modernity as uncompromisingly as possible. Because the concerns of the present very clearly, and self-consciously, provide context and perspective to events of the past in comparative history. And this context of the present justifies and provides the format for historical comparisons. Comparative history should inspect multiple visions of truth, and this should include stated evaluative positions of the analyst as well – which is something that learner should be able to internalize.

Discussing the difference between modernization and ‘westoxication’, the course will take a phenomenological treatment that is abstract and yet illustrative when discussing issues such as affirmative action, citizenship, and development with special focus on post-colonial India. This course argues that given the reality of mistaken modernity and the idealization of the past in many societies of the colonized world, it is necessary to make the case for modernity as uncompromisingly as possible. Because the concerns of the present very clearly, and self-consciously, provide context and perspective to events of the past in comparative history. And this context of the present justifies and provides the format for historical comparisons. Comparative history should inspect multiple visions of truth, and this should include stated evaluative positions of the analyst as well – which is something that learner should be able to internalize.

 

Course Objectives:

• The student is expected to get a basic know how of the forces and events which moulded

the transition to modernity in the West – and the process of the inevitable Wars.

• This course is meant to both enhance the student’s general intellectual growth as well as

foster a particular ability to think historically.

• An investigation of the global past allows students to understand the foundations of the

contemporary world as well as the ways modern historians view the past.

• While the course will have a theoretical thrust, it will also be grounded in empirical

history so that the learner will acquire a general understanding of the pre-world war I

period in western history, and then to understand why the Great Wars took place.

• The objective of the course is to enable students to understand modernity as a sociocultural

product in specific socio-historical contexts.

• The course exposes students to theoretical perspectives to look at modernity and its

constituents as a practice deeply embedded in culture and society.

• It will also familiarise students with encountering problems in their everyday life from

more rationalist perspectives.

• And finally, it will attempt to critically engage with and interrogate the multiple views on

modernity – as well as the experience of it from colonial and post-colonial perspectives as

well.

Course Outcome


At the end of the course the students will be able to 

  • Examine political, economic, and social changes of the last five centuries that have affected peoples across the world.
  • Analyze the emphasis placed on the emergence of modern notions of production, consumption, and trade from a global perspective.
  • Critically engage with prominent themes like growth and dynamics of colonization and decolonization, and the interplay of political, cultural, religious values, and modern imperialism and its influence on global societies, economies, and political systems. 
  • Trace the evolution of contemporary problems that the world faces and also enable the leaner to develop critical thinking and analytical skills. 
  • Acquire frameworks to analyse complex phenomena such as nationalism, resistance movement and revolution.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Memoirs of Modernity
 

a) Significance of the European Insignificance: Idea of the Individual – Renaissance and the Enlightenment.

b) Asia Imperium: Gunpowder Empires – Ottoman, Safavid, Mughals; Japan, China and Korea.

c) Eastward Ho! : Industrial Revolution; Capitalism – Imperialism – Colonialism; The Original Manifesto.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:18
Things Fall Apart: Nationalism(s) and Revolutions
 

a) Glorious Revolution – Reordering of English society.

b) American War of Independence – 1775-1783 – Early Capitalism.

c) The French Revolution – Libert?, Egalit?, and Fraternit? – Reign of Terror – The Code Napoleon.

d) Italian and German Unification.

e) Russian Revolution – Tsarist Russia – Intellectual currents (Menshevik and Bolshevik) – Aftermath.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:16
The War to End All Wars: And then Again!
 

a) Why We Lost Generations: Competition for resources – Intense Rivalries – Web of Alliances – Militarism.

b) The World at War: The Road from Sarajevo to Versailles.

c) The Twenty-Year Crisis: Great Depression; The Rise of Fascism and Militarism in

Europe – Appeasement – Japan and the Axis Powers.

d) The Great Cataclysm: Nuremberg to Nuremberg Trials – The Complete Cycle.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:16
Mistaken Modernities: Curious Case of Xenophobia
 

a) White Man’s Burden: Clashing Visions and Consequences of Modernity; The Idea of French and British Colonial ‘Modern’ Identity.

b) Learning to Forget: Accommodation of Differences and the Islamic States; African Experiences; Visions of Modernity in China and Japan.

c) The Indian Conundrum: Is Modernity a Colonial Gift?

Text Books And Reference Books:

• Berger, S. (ed). 2006. Companion to Nineteenth-Century Europe 1789-1914. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing. • Davies N. 1998. Europe: A History. New York: Harper Perennial.
• Feldman, G., and C. Slovey (eds). 2000. World War II: Almanac, World War II Reference Library, Detroit: UXL publishing.
• Hobsbawm, E. J. 1996. Age of Capital 1848-1875. London: Vintage. • Hobsbawm, E. J. 1996. Age of Revolution. London: Weidenfeld and Nicholson 1962; New York: Vintage.
• Mcphee, P. 2002. The French Revolution: 1789-1799. Oxford: Oxford University Press. • Merriman, J. 2004. History of Modern Europe, From the Renaissance to the Present in 2 Volumes. New York: W.W. Norton.
• Simkins, P., G. Jukes, M. Hickey, H., Strachan. 2003. The First World War: The War to End All Wars, Essential Histories Special 002, Osprey Publishing.
• Volker R. Berghahn. 2005. Europe in the Era of Two World Wars: From Militarism and Genocide to Civil Society, 1900-1950, Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

• Acton, E.V. Cherniaev and W. Rosenberg, (eds). 1997, 2001. Critical Companion to the Russian Revolution 1914-1921, Bloomington: Indiana University Press. 1997; London: Bloombury Academic, 2001.
• Allen, Richard. 2003. From Farm to Factory: A Representation of the Soviet Industrial Revolution. Princeton and Oxford: Princeton University Press.
• Bailyn, B., D. Wood, J. L. Thomas et. al. 2000. The Great Republic, A History of the American People. Massachusetts: D.C. Heath & Company.
• Balleck B.J., 1992. “When the Ends Justify the Means: Thomas Jefferson and the Louisiana Purchase.” Presidential Studies Quarterly, Vol. 22, Fall 1992.
• Barrington, M. Jr. 2015. “The American Civil War: The Last Capitalist Revolution.” In Social Origins of Dictatorship and Democracy, Lord and Peasant in the Making of the Modern World by M. Barrington Moore Jr. Boston: Beacon Press. • Beaudoin S.M. (ed). 2003. The Industrial Revolution. New York: Wadsworth Publishing.
• Blackbourn, D. 1997. The History of Germany 1780-1918: The Long Nineteenth Century. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.
• Bose, Sugata, Ayesha Jalal. 1998. Modern South Asia: History, Culture, Political Economy, 2nd Edition, New York: Routledge.
• Chatterjee, Partha. 1993. The Nation and its Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories. Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press.
• Davis, J.A., (ed). 1979. Gramsci and Italy’s Passive Revolution. London: Croom Helm.
Eley, G.1986. From Unification to Nazism: Reinterpreting Germany’s Past. London: Allen and Unwin.
• Engel, Barbara Alpern. 2004. Women in Russia 1700-2000. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Furet, Francois. 1978. Interpreting the French Revolution. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Grob, G.N. and G.A. Billias. 2007. Interpretations of American History: Patterns and Perspectives. Vol. I. New York: The Free Press.
• Hobsbawm, E. 2003. Age of Empire. London: Weidenfield and Nicholson.
• Hobsbawm, E. J. 1952. “The Machine Breakers”, Past and Present, Vol. 1.
• Hobsbawm, E. J. 1990. Nations and Nationalism since 1780: Programme, Myth, Reality. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. • Hobsbawm, E. J. 2011. How to Change the World. London: Hachette Digital. • Horn, Jeff. 2005. “Machine Breaking in France and England during the Age of Revolution.” Labour/Le Travail, Vol. 55.
• Hunt L. 1984. Politics, Culture and Class in the French Revolution. California: University of California Press.
• Kemp. T. 1967. Theories of Nationalism. London: Dobson Books. • White, D.B. 1985. “The Nature of Female Slavery.” In Ar’n’t I a Woman? Female Slaves in the Plantation South, by D.B. White. New York: W.W. Norton.
• Winders, J.A. 2001. European Culture since 1848: From Modern to Postmodern and Beyond. New York: Palgrave.
• Young M. 1981. “The Cherokee Nation: Mirror of the Republic.” American Quarterly, Vol. 33, No. 5, Special Issue: American Culture and American Frontier (Winter 1981).

Evaluation Pattern

 

Evaluation Pattern

 

CIA 1

CIA 2

Total

20

20

40

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Total

2X15=30

2X10=20

50

 

End Semester Examination

 

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

3X5=15

2X10=20

1x15=15

50

 

BENG191 B - GLOBAL ETHICS FOR CONTEMPORARY SOCIETIES (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:  

This course will introduce students to the major theoretical and applied debates as well as major moral puzzles and challenges in the field of global ethics. Ethics is gaining ground as an important humanities intervention in a fast-changing world. A course one thics is often an added advantage for students as it helps them shape a socially awre perspective of the social reality. Drawing on interdisciplinary perspectives and thematic issues in the fields of international politics, business, communications and law, the course will challenge students to reflect on major ethical theories and traditions as well as core problems such as corporate governance, global distributive justice, the ethics of making and sustaining peace, media ethics and legal dimensions of ethics. By combining the works of both classic and contemporary philosophers with contemporary applied global issues, students will be able to critically reflect on fundamental normative questions from an interdisciplinary perspective and reflect on the rights, responsibilities and challenges of ‘good global citizenship’.  

Learning Objectives: On completing the course, students will be able to:  

● Open-mindedly consider different viewpoints in moral controversies. ● Identify the strengths and weaknesses of different philosophical and popular arguments on the various topics. ● Demonstrate understanding of the major moral philosophical approaches and techniques in moral reasoning. ● Formulate and critically assess personal positions/convictions.  

Course Outcome

At the completion of this course, the students would be able to:

  • Analyse various ethical dilemmas present in the society and efficiently present it in form of classroom debates and discussions.
  • Demonstrate a clear understanding of various school of thoughts in the domain of ethics through their assignments.
  • Appraise their views on various aspects of ethics and present it with clarity through multiple engagements in the classroom.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Introduction
 

Global Ethics: Conceptual Definitions, Historical Origins & Present Challenges Introduction to the course Ethics, Morals and Values Cultural Relativism vs Universalism (case study) 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Ethical Theories
 

Rationalist Ethical Theories Contractualist ethics Deontological Ethics Utilitarian Ethics Discourse ethics, Alternatives to Ethical Rationalism Virtue Ethics Feminist & Care Ethics Postmodernist Ethics 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Applying Ethical Theories
 

Ethics of International Aid and Development: Humanitarian Aid in Conflict Zones Global Distributive Justice and Global Poverty: Models for International Economic Justice Ethics of War: Torture in Abu Ghraib (Case Study)  

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Ethics of Making and Sustaining Peace
 

Rohingya Issues: Are humanitarian interventions justified? The case study of Myanmar/Burma Global Environmental and Climate Ethics: Trade Agreements and Global Environmental Ethics Global Business Ethics and Arms Trade: The Ethics of Capitalism (Film Inside Job) 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Ethics of International Law
 

Natural Resources Extraction from the Kimberley process towards universal legislation (Movie: Blood Diamond),  Global Journalism Ethics, Digital Media Ethics and Whistleblowing Practices: Snowden and Whistleblowing Ethical Implications of Emerging Technologies: Genetics, stem cell and embryo research: Embryo research and women’s rights 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Hutchings, K. (2010) Global Ethics. An Introduction, Polity: Cambridge  

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Copp, D. (ed.) The Oxford Handbook of Ethical Theory, Oxford: OUP 

Graham, G. (2008) Ethics and International Relations, 2nd Edition. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

LaFollette, H. (ed.) (2003) The Oxford Handbook of Ethical Practice, Oxford: OUP 

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

Total

CIA (Weight)

ESE (Weight)

Attendance

100

45%

50%

5%

 

Mid Semester Examination

Group/Individual Assignment

45 Marks

 

End Semester Examination

Group/Individual Assignment

50 Marks

 

BENG191A - READING TECHNOLOGY IN/AND SCIENCE FICTION (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This common core course aims to provide a basic introduction to understanding the discourses of science and technology as represented in select science fiction. The course will help students understand some of the basic questions about the human condition that are raised, debated, and negotiated in and through representative fiction. Keeping the contemporaneity of issues today, the course will also emphasize how there is a crucial intersection of various ideas that cut across several disciplines with regard to technology and life, thereby making it crucially relevant to engage with it in the contemporary context. Anyone interested in questions of science, fiction, and human condition may choose this course.

Objectives:

  • To introduce students to the field of science fiction
  • To help students identify and raise questions through these works of fiction some relevant questions in the contemporary context
  • To direct students towards realising the intersection of various issues raised across different disciplines.

Course Outcome

At the completion of this course, the students would be able to:

  • Read and appreciate the literary aspects of science fiction.
  • Reflect on the implication of science fiction in contemporary times and show in in their writings.
  • Debate about various issues related to the portrayal of humanity in science fictions.
  • Provide an inter-disciplinary perspective towards analysing science fiction.

 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Introduction
 

This unit will provide students a basic overview of science fiction through some critical and conceptual lens. The New Critical Idiom Series, Science Fiction, would be used here to introduce aspects of SF to students. Locating the interdisciplinarity of the domain would be central in this module. Reference material would be handed out by the course instructor.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Negotiating ?Reason?
 

This unit will raise crucial debates in and around questions of ‘science’ and ‘reason’. The unit will also help students recognize the importance of raising these questions from various disciplinary points of view, an important one being philosophy.

·         Isaac Asimov short story “Reason”

·         Select Episodes of the series Stranger Things

·         The Matrix

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
SF and technology
 

This unit will engage with how technology becomes a crucial part of negotiating SF. What are the fundamental concerns that Sf raises regarding technology and the human condition? How does technology come to be framed within SF? How is gender and sexuality framed within discourses of SF? How does SF address the anxieties of technology and future would be some of the questions engaged with here. Any one of the following novels may be taken up for discussion along with the viewing suggestion given below.

·         Aldous Huxley Brave New World

·         William Gibson, Neuromancer

·         Margaret Atwood, Oryx and Crake

·         “Hated in the Nation” from Black Mirror Season 3

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Indian Science Fiction
 

This unit will engage with the science fiction in the Indian context. One of the main points of discussion would be to understand how Indian SF writers have engaged with tropes of SF that we are familiar with and what kind of an ‘India’ is imagined thereof which has implications socially, politically and culturally.

·         Vandana Singh “Delhi”

Sumit Basu Turbulence

Text Books And Reference Books:

Compilation

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Hollinger, Veronica. “Contemporary Trends in Science Fiction.” Science Fiction Studies.No. 78, Vol. 26, 1999.

Bell, David and Barbara M. Kennedy. Eds. The Cybercultures Reader. Routledge, 2000. (Excerpts)

Carey, Peter. What is Post-humanism? Minneapolis, University of Minnesota Press, 2010.

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

Total

MSE (Weight)

ESE (Weight)

Attendance

100

45%

50%

5%

 

Mid Semester Examination

Group/Individual Assignment

45 Marks

 

End Semester Examination

Group/Individual Assignment

50 Marks

BHIS191A - ENCOUNTERING HISTORIES: THE FUTURE OF THE PAST (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

The influence and presence of the past is felt everywhere and every day in our lives. Movies, newspapers or the internet bombard us and expose us to the past – both familiar and unfamiliar. However, the barrage of information and the forces of globalisation have led to increasing questions on the relevance and the value of the past – indeed a denial even. This course will engage the students with the myriad ways in which the past, though no longer present – is a presence in our lives today. It will introduce the students to think historically, relate to their memories of their own past and make them aware of the multiple perspectives which will enable them to read, write and reflect on the past; or in other words, make history. 

This course will introduce students to the methodological and theoretical questions that animate and inform the practice of history. How do professional historians work? What is their goal? How do they locate and analyze source materials? What kinds of arguments do historians try to make? How, ultimately, is history produced? This course will ask how (or whether) historians’ particular sources – and their location in the archives – can give voice to the ordinary and of things ‘past’. Moreover, the course will address how the advent of the information age impact upon the historians’ profession by exploring how modern technology – whether film, photography, or the internet – changed the way historians work and address their audience.

Course Objectives:

  • To familiarize the students with foundational concepts in history and historical enquiry such as fact, fiction, truth, narrative, memory, conservationism and counterfactuals.
  • To identify and make students aware of the importance of historical awareness to arrive at independent and informed opinion and contribute meaningfully in local and global affairs and debates.
  • To equip students with an understanding of ‘history’ and the characteristics of ‘the past’ in present day society.
  • To help develop proficiency in research, analysis and writing; and to encourage wide, independent, selective reading on historical subject matter to foster a sustained, reasoned, well focused argument, based on a broad selection of evidence.
  • To identify arguments in historical works in order to be able to critique evidence used in support of the arguments.
  • To interpret varied sources and place them within their proper historical context to integrate secondary sources into their own original narratives and distinguish between different kinds of history.

 

 

 

Course Outcome

 

  • Students will discover how and why historians debate issues of evidence and interpretation and learn to distinguish between various schools or styles of academic history.
  • Students will learn to critically engage with representations of the past in the present to enable them to analyze and use evidence in interrogating historical accounts.
  • Students will be able to critically reflect and engage with the interface between the past and the present, fostering a healthy appreciation for history and its imprint on our present world.
  • Students will understand how historical narratives are shaped by states, organizations, and individuals. 
  • Students will better analyze the interaction between history and politics when following the news and in examining historical cases.
  • Students will appreciate how issues of identity and memory factor into our historical understandings and how this can condition present day policies and decision-making.

 

 

 

 

 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
The Many Pasts
 

a)     Doing History - The Place of the Past.

b)    Facts, Fiction and Lies: Interrogating evidence - paintings, films, novels.

 

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
The Use and Abuse of History
 

a) Voice and the Subject: Narratives and Counter-narratives – Winston Churchill, Velupillai Prabhakaran, Pirates of the Caribbean, Tom and Jerry

b) Locating the Popular: Historical Fiction or Fictionalised History– Exploring the Fantasy Worlds of Ice Age, Hogwarts, Narnia, Westeros and Middle-earth.

c) The Past Today: The Ayodhya Debate and the Ram Janmbhoomi issue, Dwarka, Kapilavastu.

d) Historical Monuments and their Authorship/Ownership: The Temple Mount and Taj Mahal.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Locating Sources: The Historian's Voice
 

a)     History and the Visual: Photography, Film and the Image – Gladiator, Schindler’s List, 300, Gone with the Wind, Jodha Akbar and Mohenjo Daro

b)    Historical Re-enactments? Light and Sound Shows at Golconda, Red Fort and Khajuraho.

 

c)     Alternate Histories: Oral Histories, Sports Histories, Graphic Novels, Caricatures and Political Cartoons.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Memory, Commemoration, and Silence
 

a)     Memory and History: Power and the Production of History –Museums and Memorials.

b)    ‘Truth’ and ‘myth’: History as Conspiracy – Insider and Outsider Perspectives – the Aryan Debate, Hindutva Ideology and Neo-Nazis.

c)     Private Lives and Public Affairs: The British Monarchy, the Nehru-Edwina Affair. 

 

d)    Suppressing the Text: State Secrets and Declassification – Wikileaks and the Netaji Files.

Text Books And Reference Books:

·    Davis, Natalie Z. 1981. The Possibilities of the Past, Journal of Interdisciplinary History, Vol. 12, No.2, The New History: The 1980s and beyond II, pp. 267-275.
·    Gaddis, John Lewis. 2002. The Landscape of History: How Historians Map the Past, New York:  Oxford Univ Press.
·    Gathercole, Peter and David Lowenthal (eds.) 1994. The Politics of the Past, New York: Routledge.
·    Hodder, Ian and Scott Hutson. 2003 (Third Edition). Reading the Past, New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.
·    Kumar, Ravinder 1989. The Past and the Present: An Indian Dialogue, Daedalus, Vol. 118, No.4, pp. 27-49.
·    Thompson, Paul. 2000. The Voice of the Past: Oral History, New York: Oxford Univ Press.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

·      Banerjee, Sumanta, 2003. Ayodhya: A future bound by the past, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 38, No. 27, pp. 2795-2796.
·      Buchli, Victor and Gavin Lucas 2001. Archaeologies of the Contemporary Past, Routledge.
·      Carr, E.H. 1967. What is History,Vintage.
·      Chalcraft, David et.al. 2008. Max Weber Matters: Interweaving Past and Present, Ashgate.
·      Chapman, James 2005. Past and Present: National Identity and the British Historical Film, I.B.Tauris.
·      Clarke, Katherine 2008. Making Time for the Past: Local History and the Polis, Oxford Univ Press.
·      Damm, Charlotte 2005. Archaeology Ethno-History and Oral Traditions: approaches to the indigenous past, Norwegian Archaeological Review, Vol. 38, No. 2, pp. 73-87.
·      Fowler, Don D. 1987. Uses of the past: Archaeology in the service of the state, American Antiquity, Vol. 52, No. 2, pp. 229-248.
·      Greene, Naomi 1999. Landscapes of Loss: the Nationalist Past in Postwar French Cinema, Princeton Univ Press.
·      Hamilakis et. al. 2001. Art and the Re-presentation of the Past, The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, Vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 153-156.
·      Muller, Jan-Werner 2004. Memory and Power in Post-War Europe: Studies in the presence of the past, Cambridge Univ. Press.
·      Murray, Williamson and Richard Hart Sinnreich (eds.) 2006. The Past as Prologue: The Importance of History to the Military Profession, Cambridge Univ Press.
·      Piercey, Robert 2009. The Uses of the Past from Heidegger to Rorty:Doing Philosophy Historically, Cambridge Univ. Press.
·      Shrimali, K.M. 1998. A Future for the Past? Social Scientist, Vol. 26, No. 9, pp. 26-51.
·      Stone, Peter G. and Philippe G. Planel 1999. the Constructed Past, Routledge.
·      Walsh, Kevin 1992. The Representation of the Past: Museums and heritage in the post-modern world, Routledge

Evaluation Pattern

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Assignment 1

Assignment 2

Total

20

20

40

 

Mid Semester Examination

Submission

Presentation

Total

30

20

50

 

End Semester Examination

Submission

Presentation

Total

30

20

50

 

BMED191A - MEDIA LITERACY (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

Media literacy is designed to help students develop an informed and critical understanding of the nature of an ever expanding and increasingly dominating mass media –as information sources, as entertainment, and as an industry–as well as to examine, interpret, and evaluate the messages contained within, and their social, cultural and political implications. This course exposes the student to the base complexities of media literacy, develop critical thinking skills, the provides the methods of analysis necessary to interpret media content as well as methods of critical writing appropriate to media analysis.

 

Course Objectives:

 

  • Understand how media messages create meaning
  • Identify who created a particular media message
  • Recognize what the media maker wants us to believe or do
  • Name the "tools of persuasion" used
  • Recognize bias, spin, misinformation and lies
  • Discover the part of the story that's not being told
  • Evaluate media messages based on our own experiences, beliefs and values
  • Create and distribute our own media messages
  • Become advocates for change in our media system Learning Outcome.
  • Will be able to apply the principles of ethics to the subject of study (area of research), while appreciating the context in which the medium functions.

Course Outcome

 

  • To lay the foundation of Public Relations practice
  • To train the students in media relations
  • To introduce the concept of Corporate Communication
  • To familiarize the students with concepts like propaganda, public opinion, advertising, and public relations.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to Media Literacy
 
  • Understanding what is media literacy?

  • The Power of Media Literacy 

  • Conditions for Media Learning

  • Media Literacy Skills

 

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Approaches to Media Literacy
 

 

  • Key Concepts of Media Literacy

  • The Media Triangle

  • Surveys, Media logs and historical perspectives

  • Understand, analyze and evaluate- finding hidden messages

  • Digital Citizenship

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Media Analysis
 

 

  • Deconstructing Ads

  • Detecting Bias in News

  • Critical Reading of Websites

Text Books And Reference Books:
  • Alexander, A. & Hanson, J. (2007). Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Media and Society. McGraw-Hill Contemporary Learning Series: Dubuque, IA. 384 pp.

  • Hiassen C. (1998). Team Rodent: How Disney Devours the World. Ballantine Books. 96 pp

  • Kilbourne, J. (1999). Can’t Buy My Love: How Advertising Changes the Way We Think and Feel. Simon and Schuster: New York. 366 pp.

  • McLuhan, M. (1998) Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man. Seventh Printing. MIT Press: MA 365 pp. (orig. pub. In 1911).

 

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1: Submissions for 20 marks

Mid Semester Submission: 25 marks

CIA 3: Submissions 20 marks

End Semester Submission: Submission for 30 marks

 

BMED191B - UNDERSTANDING THE VISUAL LANGUAGE OF CINEMA (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Cinema emerged as a major form of entertainment in the 20th century. Ever since its invention it has striven to captivate people and has evolved as a means for people to engage with themselves as well as the world. Over the years it has also evolved a language of its own.This course would provide students a thorough knowledge of the conceptual and practical aspects of storytelling in films. cinematography through engagement with works of eminent cinematographers from around the world.

  • Appreciate cinematography as a combination of artistic and technological endeavours

  • Understand the basics concepts of cinematography and shot design

  • Harness the power of natural and artificial lighting  to compose powerful shots

  • Explore the creative possibilities of cinematography and understand its importance in effective storytelling.

Course Outcome

  • To appreciate cinematography and understand its technicalities

  • To understand the basic design and concepts of cinematography.

  • To appreciate the importance of cinematography in cinema

  • To familiarize with  concepts of effective storytelling

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to the language of cinema
 

Cinematography as an art; Art of visual storytelling; Evolution of cinematography; Eminent cinematographer’s from world cinema; Cinematography and effective storytelling.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
The Cinematographer?s medium and Tools
 

Light , Camera, Lenses, Basics of Lighting; Various types of light sources and their practical application;Colour temperature, Lens Choice, Lens filters, Exposure/F‐Stop/Shutter/ISO; Depth of field Camera operating; Hands‐on introduction to camera equipment

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Visualising and Shot Design
 

Composition & Framing; Types of Shots; Shot design for single camera and multi camera productions

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Camera Placement and Movement
 

 

Camera Placement -how does it affect the meaning; Motivated Camera Movement.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Block, B. (2013). The visual story: Creating the visual structure of film, TV and digital media. Routledge.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Alton, J. (2013). Painting with light. Univ of California Press.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1: Submissions for 20 marks

Mid Semester Submission: 25 marks

CIA 3: Submissions 20 marks

End Semester Submission: Submission for 30 marks

BPOL191A - PEACE AND CONFLICT MANAGEMENT (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course views conflict as an ever-present component of any decision-making environment, including Planning and Public Administration and International Relations. It offers tools for: understanding the nature of conflict at different levels and of individual and joint decision-making processes; devising individual and group strategies that minimize the destructive consequences of conflict; and, identifying solutions satisfactory to all involved. Some conflict-related concepts and processes are general and context-free, while others are specific to the planning and policy fields. Some simulation games and cases, and the students' reaction to them, will provide the basis for class discussions about the nature of various decision mechanisms and the role of perceptions in managing conflicts. The course introduces students to the key concepts and theoretical approaches employed to explain and understand conflict, and the range of policies and practices that seek to manage, resolve and transform conflicts. Case studies from South Asia and the rest of the world are used to provide empirical illustrations in class. Students will be invited to analyze the successes/failures of different techniques employed by peace activists, policy makers, and peace research scholars. The final weeks of the course, this will be dedicated to examining challenges in contemporary conflict resolution. In addition to regular classes, students are also expected to attend specialized workshops organized for this course on the following themes: nonviolence (by an invited expert, tbc) negotiation and mediation (simulation exercise), and gender and peacebuilding.

Course Objective

● To provide a systematic introduction of concepts, theories and practices, with a focus on equipping students with toolkits of handling conflict and negotiation.

● To make students understand the mechanism of creating values and achieving integrative negotiation outcomes.

● To take an informed stand on the debates over the main ideas that constitutes the fields of conflict management and peace.

Course Outcome

● To understand the importance of and the ability of using communication and information exchange in conflict and negotiation contexts

● To provide a global outlook with comfort and competence in handling conflicts with employers, colleagues, customers, business partners, and clients from different cultural/country backgrounds.

● Students will also critically assess the study of conflict management and peace studies and will analyze how this subject has prompted enormous scholarly debate and disagreement both in history and other fields.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction
 

The Nature and Origins of Conflict: How and Why People Conflict, Differences, diversity and opportunity

Conflict: Meaning, Nature and types and levels of conflict, Violent and Non-Violent Conflicts

Conflict Mapping and Tracking

Conflict Management and Conflict Resolution

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Conflict Management
 

A Holistic Approach to Conflict Management

Conflict Prevention and Preventive Diplomacy

Conflict Prevention and Early Warning

Stages in Conflict Management

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:12
Peace building
 

Understanding Peace Process

Stages in the Peace Process

Peacemaking, Peacekeeping and Peacebuilding

Negotiation and Mediation

Arbitration and Adjudication

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
Challenges for conflict management
 

Variation in Contexts: Culture, Religion and Identity

Contemporary Challenges: (1) Terrorism; (2) Environmental Conflicts

Prospects for Conflict Resolution

Text Books And Reference Books:

Baker, D. P. (2010). Conflict management for peacekeepers and peacebuilders: by Cedric de Koning and Ian Henderson

Galtung, Johan (1969), “Violence, Peace, and Peace Research”, Journal of PeaceResearch, 6(3): 167-191.

Bajpai, Kanti (2004), “A Peace Audit on South Asia”, in RanabirSammadar (ed.) Peace Studies: An Introduction to the Concept, Scope, and Themes, New Delhi: Sage.

Pammer, W. J., & Killian, J. (Eds.). (2003). Handbook of conflict management. CRC Press.

Fischer, R., Ury, W., & Patton, B. (1981). Getting to yes. Negotiating Agreement Without Giving in.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Bercovitch, Jacob and Richard Jackson (2009), Conflict Resolution in the Twenty-firstCentury: Principles, Methods and Approaches, Ann Arbor (MI): University of MichiganPress.

Levy, Jack S. (2007), “International Sources of Interstate and Intrastate War”, in Chester

Crocker et al. (eds.) Leashing the Dogs of War, Washington DC: USIP.

Menon, Ritu (2004), “Doing Peace: Women Resist Daily Battle in South Asia”, in

Radhika Coomaraswamy and DilrukshiFonseka (eds.), Peace Work: Women, Armed

Conflict and Negotiation, New Delhi: Women Unlimited.

Zartman, I. William (2001), “Preventing Deadly Conflict”, Security Dialogue, 32(2):

137-154.

Ramsbotham, Oliver et al. (2011), Contemporary Conflict Resolution, 3rd Edition,

Cambridge and Malden (MA): Polity

Evaluation Pattern

CIA - 25

Mid sem - 25

End sem - 50

BPOL191B - GLOBAL POWER POLITICS (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

The global balance of power is changing dramatically. As the world seems to be moving away from American Hegemony, the question of where power lies in global politics is becoming ever more significant. Great powers remain as the critical actors in the international system and the nature of the international order is determined by their interactions in war and peace.

This course focuses on the transformation of the global power politics particularly focusing on the power shifts in the post-cold war international system. The course will also introduce students to the emergence of new powers such as China, India, Brazil and South Africa and the changing dynamics of the international system. The course will examine whether great powers can cooperate in addressing the consequential challenges in the new century; climate change, nuclear proliferation, refugee crisis, international terrorism and other issues. The course will also examine the competition among the great powers in the South and East China Sea, and the West Asian region.

Course Objectives:

The Course introduces the students to some of the key concepts of international relations, theories of international relations and key issues pertaining to great power politics in the twenty first century. It provides the overview of the dynamics of strategic interaction between great powers and focus on great power competition during World Wars, Cold War period and the post Cold War period. The purpose of this course is to develop an understanding of the great power dynamics, the use of power by great powers in international relations.

Course Outcome

The course will help students to develop a good overview of the major contemporary challenges and issues in the Global politics. The course will demonstrate to explain the role of power in international relations. Students will develop an understanding of global power politics in the twenty first century.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction to International Relations
 

 International Relations: Meaning, nature and scope of international relations; Key Concepts of International Relations: Sovereignty, Anarchy, Balance of Power, National Power, Security and Globalization.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Theorization of Great Power in International Relations
 

Theories of International Relations: Realism (Classical Realism and Neo-Realism), Liberalism (Neo-Liberalism), Constructivism.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:12
Great Power Politics in the Cold War era
 

First World War, Second World War: Causes and Consequences, dynamics of strategic interaction between the great powers including the alliances, Inter war period (multipolarity), the Cold War (bipolarity) and the post-Cold War period (unipolarity).

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
Globalization and Great Power Politics
 

Power shifts in the post Cold War international system, Emergence of new powers (rise of China and India as a challenge to the west), Great Powers; traditional and non-traditional security threats, Great Power Politics in the 21st century.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Baylis and Smith (eds) (2014), ‘The Globalization of World Politics’. Sixth edition, New York: Oxford University Press.

Ikenberry, G. John, Ed. 2002. America Unrivaled: The Future of the Balance of PowerIthaca, NY: Cornell University Press. 

Barry Buzan and Ole Weaver (2003), ‘Regions and Powers: The structure of International Security’ Cambridge.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

John J. Mearsheimer, The Tragedy of Great Power Politics, updated ed. (New York: Norton, 2014).

William C. Wohlforth, “The Stability of a Unipolar World,” International Security 24.1 (Summer 1999): 5-41.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA-Evaluation Pattern

Assignment

Presentation

Test

Mid-Semester

20

10

10

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Total

2X15=30

2X10=20

50

 

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

TOTAL

2X10=20

2X15=30

50

BPOL191C - FUNDAMENTALS OF PUBLIC POLICY (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

According to one definition, the domain of public policy covers everything that the governments decide to do or not do. In present times, though forces of market and globalization are exerting pressure on the state to cede ground, yet the institution of state is increasing its powers, intervening in newer areas giving greater significance to the sub discipline of public policy. The popularization of new research methods and techniques in the area of policy research and evaluation, and the increasing demand for precise, workable policy solutions for the world’s problems is further increasing relevance and legitimacy of policy sciences. This course tries to introduce the students to the world of policy sciences, how public policy emerged, what is its nature, scope, approaches and models. It also tries to make them understand the complex stages and requirements of policy making process and its evaluation. It will also acquaint them with the public policy universe in India, its rules, players, achievements and challenges.

Course Objectives

The objectives of offering this course are:

 To introduce students to the world of public policy

 To make them see its relationships to problem solving, government institutions and the people

 To make students understand the relevant debates, issues, challenges and applications of the domain of public policy

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, a student should be able to:

 Understand the evolution and development of the field of public policy

 Know about its fundamental features, aspects, approaches and their applications

 Understand how policies are designed, implemented and evaluated, with specific focus on India’s policy scene

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Introduction to the World of Public Policy
 

Evolution, Nature, Scope

Approaches and Models on Policymaking

Policy Design, Tools and Decision Making

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Stages, Processes and Institutions of Policy Making
 

The Processes and Stages of Policy Making

Policy Implementation

Institutions and Non- Institutional Players with Special Reference to India

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:11
Policy Analysis and Evaluation
 

Policy Analysis: Tools, Approaches and Models

Policy Evaluation: Methods and Significance

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
A Sector wise Analysis of Public Policies in India
 

Environmental Sector

Economy

Education, Health and General Welfare

Text Books And Reference Books:

Chakrabarty, Bidyut and Chand, Prakash, 2016. Public Policy: Concept, Theory and Practice, New Delhi: Sage.

Sapru, Radhakrishnan, 2017. Public Policy: A Contemporary Perspective, New Delhi: Sage.

Chakrabarti, Rajesh and Sanyal, Kaushiki, 2018. Public policy in India, New Delhi: OUP.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Hammersley, Martin, 2013. They Myth of Research Based Policy and Practice, London: Sage.

Goodin, Robert E., Moran, Michael and Rein, Martin (eds.), 2008. The Oxford Handbook of Public Policy, New Delhi: Oxford University Press

Banerjee, Abhijit V. and Duflo, Esther, 2013. Poor Economics, Noida: Penguin.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 - 20 Marks

Mid sem - 25 Marks

CIA 2 - 20 Marks

End sem - 30 Marks

Attendance - 5 Marks

BPSY191A - SCIENCE OF WELLNESS (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:03

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course heralds the emergence of a new field of science that endeavours to understand how individuals and societies thrive and flourish, and how this new knowledge can be applied to foster happiness, health and fulfillment. Taking a dynamic, cross-disciplinary approach, the course explores the most promising routes to well-being, derived from the latest research in psychology, neuroscience, economics, and the effects of our natural environment. The course provides an overview of the latest insights and strategies for enhancing our individual well-being, or the well-being of the communities in which we live and work,

1. Understand the evolution and development of health and well-being

2.  Develop a holistic approach to living life well.

3.  Create optimal programs for individuals and populations.

Course Outcome

  1. Ability to analyze various perspectives from the latest research in psychology, neuroscience, economics, and the effects of our natural environment on well being
  2. Integration of various aspects to have a holistic perspective on wellbeing
  3. Ability to design interventions to enhance positive mental health in individuals and populations

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to Well-Being
 

Well being as a concept, happiness, and subjective well-being, Expanding the repertoire of positive emotions: The broaden-and-build theory of positive emotions; Relationship with reality and its role in the well-being of young adults; Increasing happiness in life, Positive mental health in individuals and populations

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Well-being across life-span
 
Living well at every stage of life: Resilience in childhood, positive youth development, life tasks of adulthood and successful aging; Role of meaningful relationships: infant attachment, adult attachment, love and flourishing relationships; Seeing the future through self efficacy and optimism; Role of Self efficacy in life arenas, learned optimism.
Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Socio-cultural and Economic Considerations
 

The relevance of subjective well-being to social policies: optimal experience and tailored intervention; The social context of well-being; Does money buy happiness?; A well-being manifesto for a flourishing society.  

Text Books And Reference Books:

Huppert, Baylis, & Keverne (2005). The Science of Well-Being.  Oxford  University Press.

Synder, & Lopez (2007). Positive Psychology. New Delhi: Sage Publishing House

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Coan, R. W. (1977). Hero, artist, sage, or saint? A survey of what is variously called mental health, normality, maturity, self-actualization, and human fulfillment. New York: Columbia University Press.

Boniwell, I. (2012). Positive Psychology In a Nutshell: The Science of Happiness (3rd edition). London: Mc Graw Hill.

Bradburn, N. M. (1969). The structure of psychological well-being. Chicago, IL: Aldine.

Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assignment

Quiz I

Quiz II

Class participation

Attendance

Total

50

10

15

15

5

5

100

 

BPSY191B - ADVERTISEMENT PSYCHOLOGY (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Advertisement psychology is a branch of psychology which studies the pattern of responses by the human system to advertisement stimuli. Advertising is the art of influencing human behaviors to buy certain products. Recently  advertisers are discovering the need to know the facts which psychology can give about what attracts attention, what sticks in memory, what gives a pleasant impression, what persuades and what leads to the act of purchase. The field helps marketers and copyrighters to prepare effective advertisements.

 

Course Objectives

At the end of the course, students will be able to: 

1.      Understand the historical and scientific origin and development of the field.

2.      Learn the cognitive, affective and behavioural responses to the advertisement stimuli.

3.      Develop the skills to evaluate effectiveness of advertisements from psychological perspectives.

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, students will display: 

1.      To apply the psychological perspectives of advertisements in the real life setting.

2.      To integrate different domains such as cognitive, affective and behavioral responses in the field of advertisement.

3.      To develop the ability to make applications based on understanding of marketing strategies.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Unit I: Introduction to advertisement psychology
 

Introduction to advertisements; its objectives and importance;

Types and forms of advertising;

Effects of advertisements - a psychological perspective;

Classic and contemporary approaches of classifying advertisement effectiveness.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Unit II: Cognitive processing of advertisements
 

Influence of advertisements on buying behaviors;

Dynamics of Attention, Comprehension, Reasoning for advertisements;

Attitudes and attitude changes with the influence of advertisements;

Principles of persuasion and attitude change;

Achieving advertisement compliance without changing attitude.   

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Unit III: International Advertising and Creating Brand
 

Emergence of International Advertising;

Advertising in Multicultural Environment;

Ethics in Advertising;

Integrated marketing communication and marketing mix.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Fennis, B. M., & Stroebe, W. (2015). The Psychology of Advertising. New York: Psychology    

Press.

Andrew,A. Mitchell. (1993).Advertising Exposure, Memory and Choice.Lawrence Erlbaum

Associates. Hillsdale, NJ.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Linda, F. Alwitt& Andrew, A. Mitchell. (1985).Psychological Processes and Advertising

Effects: Theory, Research, and Applications. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hillsdale, NJ. London.

Rolloph, M.E. & Miller, G.R. (Eds) (1980).Persuasion: New Directions in Theory and

Research.Sage. N.Y.

Eddie. M. Clark, Timothy.C. Brock,& David W. Stewart. (1994).Attention, Attitude and

Affect in Response to Advertising. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hillsdale, NJ.

Evaluation Pattern

 

Reflective Assignment

Presentation

Module Development

Attendance

Total

30

30

35

5

100

 

SDEN111 - SOCIAL SENSITIVITY SKILLS (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Today’s generation is confronted with manifold challenges as a result of the rapidly changing economy and socio-political environment. As an educational institution, CHRIST (Deemed to be University) owns up to the responsibility to prepare graduates with skills which will not only make them efficient at their workplace but also nurture them as individuals who would make an effective contribution to the society. Aligning with the Christite Graduate Attributes, the English-History Cluster at the School of Business Studies and Social Sciences has drawn out an extensive series of skills that would enable them to hone their personal and professional abilities. This has been done keeping in mind the paradigm shift from knowledge-oriented-approach to learning to skill-oriented-approach that the contemporary era necessitates. The skills and the modules aligning to it  have been identified reckoning the following:

  1. The nature of  the discipline;

  2. The current trends in the field;

  3. The prospective employment opportunities ;

  4. The needs of the immediate spaces of engagement and nation at large, and

  5. The global skill ecosystem.

 

Learning Objectives

The course aims to:

 

  1. Equip Christites with skills to confront the challenges of a dynamic society

  2. Develop necessary skills for professional and personal growth

  3. Provide a platform to nurture and hone their skills

  4. Enable them with the usage of transferable skills which can be used in multiple domains across time

Social Sensitivity Skills has been designed taking into consideration the need to nurture and enhance some of the skills which are necessary for a society to function and individuals to interact with their immediate spaces and society at large. This course is an amalgamation of both personal and professional aspects and therefore would engage with questions of personal and professional integrity, social interactions and harmonious living so on and so forth.

Course Objectives

The course is designed to:

 

  1. Enhance social interaction skills

  2. Develop social awareness and sensitivity

  3. Nurture best academic, professional and personal practices

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, the students would be able to:

 

  1. Display cross-cultural interaction abilities

  2. Conduct several activities which have a positive social impact

  3. Construct arguments, activities, and exercises which display a thorough understanding of the best practices in multiple domains.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
Adaptability and Flexibility Skills for success
 

 

The unit emphasises on the emerging trends in the field of education and profession with the rapid changes owing to structural/ institutional, technological and infrastructural evolution. Therefore, there is an inevitability to change, either disruptive or productive leading to a point of the situation at “thrive or dive.” The students will be exposed to the contextual 'thrive' or 'dive' that could be better understood with the enhanced self-regulated attitudes/ approaches with the adaptability and flexibility skills either requiring appropriate cognitive, behavioural and emotional adjustments.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:4
Academic Honesty: On Research
 

The unit will focus on the ethical aspects of academic research.  The unit highlights the Academic integrity as the foundation of the learning process and provides discussions on principles of honesty, academic standards, mutual trust, responsibility and respect for knowledge.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:4
Academic Honesty: On Plagiarism
 

The unit is designed to help students understand the importance of academic integrity and to introduce them to the many ways of achieving and safeguarding academic integrity. The unit will also help address issues pertaining to correct citations, plagiarism, and meeting the correct standards of academic honesty.  

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:4
The Virtue of Right Act: Law and Civics
 

 

This unit differentiates (in definitions and practices) 'rights by law' and 'civics by virtue' which are required to form a positive force to building a salubrious society. This is possible by developing reverence towards the state's constitution and ability to critically reflect over individuals civic role in society as a citizen of the same state, acting within its legal framework.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
The Ethics of Research: Interviews, focus groups
 

 

This unit will equip students to understand some important principles, methods and guidelines that can help avoid or resolve ethical dilemmas that might occur when conducting research through methods such as focus groups, interviews and surveys. The unit will emphasize on the data analysis, data collection, social responsibility, accountability and mutual respect among researchers, plagiarism, introduction to MLA and APA formatting, integrity and transparency.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:2
Respecting Diversity: Languages in India
 

 

The unit will focus on the cultural diversity that the presence of multiple languages brings to a nation like India. The unit will emphasize on the role of language in shaping both individual and national identity as well as on the need for respecting linguistic differences.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:4
Respecting Diversity: Communal Harmony
 

 

This unit will equip students to understand the significance of cultural heterogeneity and communal harmony. The unit will focus on concepts such as the multi-ethnicity, cultural reciprocity and religious fundamentalism in Indian context.

Unit-8
Teaching Hours:4
Environmental Sensitivity
 

 

This unit will equip students to understand the current concern about our impact on the environment. The unit will emphasize on the things that they do and how it affects the environment, promote green practices at college and home, sustainable environment practices, knowledge and understanding of the environment and environmental challenges. Apart from giving a global perspective the course intents to sensitize about the current situation and scenario around them.

Text Books And Reference Books:

As may be suggested by the course instructors

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

--

Evaluation Pattern

General Evaluation Pattern: Unit-Wise Continuous Evaluation

 

The evaluation will be based on the assessments formulated by the PTC student-instructors who facilitate each unit in the class. A continuous evaluation pattern will be followed whereby after the completion of each unit, an assignment will follow. The assessment will be done based on predefined rubrics and the score sheet needs to be tabulated. The cumulative score sheet is to be prepared at the end of the semester and the final Skill Development Score is to be computed.

BBS291A - APPLIED ETHICS-A MULTICULTURAL APPROACH (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Ethics or moral philosophy is a branch of philosophy that involves systematizing, defending, and recommending concepts of right and wrong conduct. While it is easy to argue that what is right and wrong should be the same across all cultures, surprisingly it is not. This course is an attempt to enable students understand that moral principles though expected to be universal, have deep rooted connotations that make them unique in each culture.

 

Learning Objectives: On completing the course, students will be able to:

·         Appreciate multicultural perspectives of ethics

·         Make informed decisions on issues which involve ethical dilemma    

Course Outcome

On the completion of the course, students will be equipped with:

·         Ethical decision making

·         Global mindedness

·         Critical thinking

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Human Rights
 

United nations universal declaration of human rights, articles of the declaration, women’s rights as human rights, political implications, practical approaches, women’s rights as political and civil rights, democracy as a universal value, the Indian experience, democracy and economic development, functions of democracy, universality of values.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Racial and Ethnic Discrimination
 

Philosophical and social implications of Race, scientific literacy about race, race and social construction, social justice implications, collective responsibility and multiple racial, the over lapping characteristics approach defining a community, two general norms to assess collective responsibility ethnic and cultural identities, the color blind principle, color blind and color conscious policies, the responsibility criterion.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Gender roles and morality
 

Introduction, kinds of social construction, construction of ides, concepts and objects, Gender and social construction, intrinsic inclinations, explaining gender and sexual diversity, domestic violence against women and autonomy.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Abortion
 

Moral and legal status, defining human, moral community, right to life, the problem of coerced abortion in China and the morality of abortion in Japan (case studies)

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Euthanasia
 

Active and passive euthanasia, intentional termination of life, risks and objections to the institutionalization of euthanasia, conceptualizing euthanasia in the context of the US, Netherlands and Germany, a critique on such practices.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Lawrence and Weber, (2015). Business and Society, Tata McGraw-Hill.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Prakash Pillappa, (2015). Civic Sense, Excel Books.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1: Group discussion for 20 marks

Mid Semester exam: Exhibition for 50 marks

CIA 3: Group presentations 20 marks

End Semester exam: Written exam and Movie review for 50 marks

ESE: Section A: 5X5 =25 marks

          Movie review (Group work) =25 marks

BBS291B - GLOBAL LEADERSHIP AND CULTURE (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Leadership and the ability to lead is an important concept within our world of work. Though It has been studied and analysed for centuries there is no doubt that it is a complex subject. This challenge is amplified when we look at multi-cultural environments and global leadership. In recent years there has been an increasing amount of research into the role of cross-cultural leadership. However, the operationalization of global leadership differs widely from culture to culture. In Indonesia describing your past successes is an important part of motivating your team. In Japan this would be seen as bragging and be strictly frowned upon. It is evident that successful global leadership behaviours vary widely. This course is an attempt in helping students understand such diversities and help them cultivate global leadership skills.

 

 

Learning Objectives: On completing the course, students will be able to:

·         Understand the complications involved in leadership across cultures

·         Appreciate the need to lead people differently in different cultures

·         Inculcate decision making 

Course Outcome

On the completion of the course, students will be equipped with:

·         Global leadership skills

·         Empathy towards critical issues that bother leaders at global level

·         Decision making skills in cross cultural contexts 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction
 

Culture, systems approach to culture, key cultural terminology, cultural understanding and sensitivity, global transformation.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Global leaders and intercultural communication
 

Introduction, intercultural communication process, models, non verbal communication, guidelines.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Global leaders learning in response to change
 

Introduction, aspects of organizational learning, management mindsets and learning, individual learning

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Women leaders in global business
 

Current status of women global leaders, cultural stereotypes, balancing work and family, glass ceiling, company initiatives to break glass ceiling, women and overseas assignments

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Leadership skills to make globalization work
 

Lessons from CEOs, description of competencies, framework.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Kaitholil,GeorgeMake leadership your target, Bombay Better Yourself Books 
Sethi & Rajiv, Tips for effective leadership, Beacon books

Marshal & Tom, Understanding leadership, Sovereign World Ltd

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Abramson N R & Moran R T (2016) Managing cultural differences-Global leadership for 21st century: Routledge

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1: Class Test for 25 marks

Mid Semester exam: Written exam for 50 marks

CIA 3:Presentation/Group discussion 25 marks

End-of Semester exam: Written exam for 50 marks

BBS291C - COURTESY AND ETIQUETTES (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This course examines the relationship between language use, enormous variety of language experiences, belief systems, and behavioral patterns. On the other hand Etiquette helps smooth the path of our daily activities, whether it's meeting others in our daily interactions talking to someone on the phone, offering condolences properly or understanding how to talk to colleagues at a business conference. Being aware of the beliefs attitudes and etiquettes of individuals will help one to become more tolerant from one individual to the next and from one group to the next.

 

Course Outcome

Learning Outcomes: Students will practice critical thoughts in comprehending the notion of culture, its relationship with language, Etiquettes and the key concepts of cross –cultural Communication. It also describes ways to apply proper courtesy in different situations. It will also help to better understand the change that constantly undergoes in personal and social use.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction: Greetings and Courtesy
 

Greeting a person, - the different ways of greeting, saying good bye to another person, Thank You, Excuse me, Introduction to oneself, Yawning, Coughing, Interrupting, Offering assistance/ help, refusing help, requesting privacy, speaking in a low voice,(speaking etiquette) waiting for help, accepting or declining an invitation, expressing admiration, The key principles of common courtesy, professional manners and the Golden Rule as they are practiced in the workplace environment,Classroom Etiquette and Student Behavior Guidelines, The guidelines for maintaining a civil classroom environment:

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Manners and civility
 

Introduction to adjusting to a new culture, Theories on second language and culture acquisition, communication, National Standards, Culture acquisition through family and Homestays, Distinguish among the three main forms of communication in the workplace: verbal, nonverbal, and virtual. Proper and improper uses of workplace communication, the potential repercussions of poor listening in the workplace, the proper and improper use of technology in the workplace

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Etiquette
 

Why Etiquette Matters, Identify common cultural differences, taboos, and customs that may be practiced in the workplace, Discuss ways to navigate and honor cultural differences in the workplace, Describe how to express an appropriate awareness of international and other customs. The Common Courtesies of Life, Polite Conversation, Telephone Etiquette, Correspondence, Basic Table Manners, Overnight Guests, Wedding Etiquette, Moments of Sorrow, Appropriate Behavior for Children, Gift Giving Guidelines.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Business Etiquette
 

Introduction to Modern Etiquette, The Rules of the Workplace, Meetings and Introductions, Conversation and Listening Skills, Telephone/Cell Phone, Texting, Emailing and Internet Etiquette, Etiquette in Public Places, Employment/Volunteer Etiquette, Dining Etiquette, Social Gathering Etiquette (Guest and Host/Hostess), School Etiquette, Confidence Without Arrogance

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:7
Personal and professional Presentation
 

Restaurant Etiquette, Cellphone Etiquette, Voice Mail Etiquette, Air Travel Etiquette, Cocktail Party Etiquette, Office Gossip Etiquette, Business Dress Etiquette, Email Etiquette, Social Media Etiquette, Job Interview Etiquette, International Etiquette

Text Books And Reference Books:

Books on Common etiquettes

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Etiquette books

Evaluation Pattern

Students are evaluated on the basis of class performance and they have to do CIAs and exclusive Class presentations and workshops to create awarness on the etiquettes they have learned in the class

BBS291D - MAHATMA AND MANAGEMENT (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

Business leaders across the globe have heralded Mahatma Gandhi, the Father of the Indian Nation as a Management Guru. The Mahatma is now being rediscovered as more than just a political leader who gained independence for the country but is being looked upon as a master strategist and an exemplary leader whose ideas and strategies have great meaning for the corporate world. His high moral standards are what leaders today should strive to achieve. The syllabus is devised to enable students to understand the Gandhian principles and its relevance in the field of modern management.

 

Course Objectives:

  • To have an overview on the life and message of Mahatma Gandhi.
  • To understand the Gandhian ways of management and leadership.
  • To practice the Gandhian model of conflict resolution.
  • To inculcate high ethical and moral standards for the betterment of the society at large.

 

Course Outcome

 

Course Learning Outcome:

 

  • Enable students to understand Mahatma and his way of life. 
  • Facilitate in assimilating and practicing the Gandhian ways of management and principle centered leadership.
  • Enable students to be better citizens upholding Mahatma’s high ethical and moral standards.

 

 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction to Mahatma
 

Level of knowledge: Basic

Understanding Gandhi: Childhood to adulthood transformation, influence of Books, Individuals, Religion, Family, and Social factors. Gandhi as rebel, as lawyer, as a political leader and reformer.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Management
 

Level of knowledge: Basic

Concept of Modern Management, Gandhian Concept of Management - Self Management, Emotional Intelligence, Social Inclusion, Communication; Different facets of Gandhiji - as a planner, organizer and administrator.

 

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Principle Centered Leadership
 

Level of knowledge: Basic

Characteristics of Principle-Centered Leaders - Understanding the seven deadly sins - Importance of building human relations - Pursuance of truth and nonviolence, openness, transparency, love and kindness in handling relationship.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Conflict Resolution
 

Level of knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical

Gandhi as a Conflict Resolver and Problem Solver- Gandhian concept of Development and Conflict Management - Conflict resolution practices, art of forgiveness and reconciliation and Shanti Sena.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Trusteeship Management
 

Level of knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical

Salient features of Trusteeship Management - Personnel Management in Trusteeship, Examples of Trusteeship Management - Experiments of Sarvodaya Sanghs, Sarva Seva Sangh, ASSEFA and other Gandhian/Sarvodaya Organizations.  

Text Books And Reference Books:

M.K. Gandhi, (2012) An Autobiography or The Story of My Experiments with Truth, Navajivan Publishing House, Ahmedabad.                                                                                                                                    

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

B.R. Nanda. (2011) Mahatma Gandhi: A Biography, Allied Publishers Private Ltd., New Delhi.                                                                                                                               

Louis Fisher (2010) Gandhi: His Life and Message                                                                                                                                                                                                             

Bose, Nirmal Kumar, (1948), Gandhiji’s Concept of Trusteeship, Bhangiya Pradeshik Chatra Samshid, Calcutta.                                                                                                 

Bose, D. C. (2012). Principles of management and administration. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.                                                                                                                         

Covey, S. R. (1992). Principle centered leadership. Simon and Schuster.                                                                                                                                            

Films: 

Richard Attenborough, Gandhi.                                                                                                                                                               

Syam Benegal, The Making of Mahatma.                                                                                                                                       

Anupam P. Kher, Mine Gandhi Ko Nahin Mara.                                         

Peter Ackerman and Jack Duvall, A Force More Powerful.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1  10 Marks

MSE   30 Marks

CIA3  10 Marks

End Assessment 50 Marks

BBS291E - SACRED GAMES AND THE RULE OF LAW (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

 

Mankind has always improved its mental and physical potential under the garb of sporting activities. Hence, Sports and Games has evolved with the society and has became a major part of our every day lives. With increasingly commercialisation of sports today, its challenges have become multifaceted. This course is trying to analyse and assess this relationship of Sports and society through multiple lenses of Law and its systems. 

 

* Disclaimer: This course is not associated with any piece of entertainment/ work of art with similar title.    

 

Course Objectives:

 

This course intends to familiarise the role of sports in society beyond entertainment. It tries to locate Sports and gaming’s position in contemporary legal system in India and the world. 

 

 

Course Outcome

  • To provide an exposure of evolution of Sports and Law along with their relationships. 
  • To familiarize the students with the rising ethical and moral questions in sports. 
  • To orient the students with the knowledge and skills required to take up challenges and exploit opportunities in the Business of sports. 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:7
Introduction to Sports and Law
 

History of Sports and its relationship with the law, Sports Law and the Rise of International Autonomous Sports Law bodies, EU law and Sport, Indian Law and Sport, US Law and Sport. Sports Laws in India, National Sports Policy, 1984/2001, Sports governing bodies in India, Recommendations by several committee.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Sports Governance and Discipline
 

Global Governance of Sports Law, Sporting bodies, Organisational structure; setting up a club, Taxation of sports organisations, Funding and grant applications; lottery licences, Player and management liability.

Disciplinary codes: Internal disciplinary procedures, On-field offences, Dispute resolution bodies, Role of courts in the governance of sport and how courts gain jurisdiction to get involved in the affairs of sports governing bodies, Arbitration in sport (ADR), Court of Arbitration for Sport, Suspensions and appeals, Challenging decisions.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Sports and Business
 

Sponsorship agreements, Ambush marketing, Broadcasting, Ticketing, Merchandising. Sports Marketing: Trends and strategies. Sports communication: Social media, Crisis communication, Celebrity handling.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Ethics and Sports.
 

What is Doping?, World Anti-Doping Code, Purpose and scope of World Anti-Doping Agency, Responsibilities of Sportsperson, Identify the various violations under the World Anti-Doping Code (WADA), Therapeutic use:exemptions to anti-doping regulation, sanctions for anti-doping rule violations. Match-Fixing, Betting and Gambling. The treatment of gambling laws in various jurisdictions. The applicable Indian law on Match-Fixing and Spot-Fixing, Indian Criminal Law and Spot-Fixing. International Cricket Council's Anti-Corruption Code and compare it with football's response. Protection of players. Club policies and procedures. Social media policies. Data protection. Equality and discrimination, Gender Discrimination. Sexual Harassment Issues in Sports. Corruption in sport, Violence in sport, Concussion; second impact syndrome, Gambling and manipulation of sports, Sport and technology, Application of the WADA Code, Therapeutic use exemption, Testing and exemptions, Sanctions.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Sports and Intellectual Property
 

Concept of Intellectual Property. IP and media rights, Image and player rights, Player contracts and rights protection, The role of Trade Mark law, The role of Intellectual Property Rights, Competition Law and Sports, Team Owners and IP, Olympic Games and Intellectual Property, Case Studies: English Premier League, Indian Premier League, Pro Kabaddi, etc.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Dasgupta and Shameek Sen, Sports Law in India: Policy, Regulation and Commercialisation, SAGE Publications Pvt. Ltd; First edition (15 June 2018)

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Gardiner, John O'Leary, Roger Welch Simon Boyes, Urvasi Naidoo, Sports Law, Routledge; 4 edition (7 December 2011)

 

Mudgal and Vidushpat Singhania, Law & Sports In India- Developments, Issues And Challenges, Lexis Nexis; Fifth edition (24 December 2015)

 

Katarina Pijetlovic, EU Sports Law and Breakaway Leagues in Football (ASSER International Sports Law Series), Springer Nature; 2015 edition (25 February 2015)

 

Andre M. Louw, Ambush Marketing & the Mega-Event Monopoly: How Laws are Abused to Protect Commercial Rights to Major Sporting Events (ASSER International Sports Law Series), T.M.C. Asser Press; 2012 edition (18 July 2014)

 

Frans de Weger, The Jurisprudence of the FIFA Dispute Resolution Chamber: 0 (ASSER International Sports Law Series), Asser Press; 1st edition (19 June 2008)

 

Russell Hoye, Aaron C.T. Smith, Matthew Nicholson and Bob Stewart. Sport Management: Principles and Applications (Sport Management Series), Routledge; 5 edition (12 January 2018)

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1- MCQs and Written assignments (Topics covered in the class) 30 Marks

 

CIA 2- Presentations (Sporting events) 40 Marks

 

CIA 3- Presentations (Ethics and Sports) 30 Marks

BBS291F - CONSUMPTION AND CULTURE IN INDIA (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 

This course provides an opportunity for the students to engage with theories of culture through the context of consumption and contemporary consumer society. It focuses on the role of commodities and consumer practices in everyday life and in the culture at large. The emphasis is given particular attention to consumption's role in the construction of social and cultural identities. Students will consider critical responses to consumer culture, including the resistance and refusal of consumption as well as the attempted mobilization of consumption toward social change. 

 

Course Outcome

 

·       Define consumption as it relates to culture and individual/group/national identity

 

·       Summarize key debates on the economic, political and spatial effects of consumer culture

 

·       Classify consumption with regard to lifestyle, consumer subjectivity, meaning-making and resistance, keeping in mind that identity (race, class, gender, intersectionality, etc.) play a role in determining the former.

 

·       Analyze refusal, ethical consumption, and anti-consumption practices and how counteract mainstream media and cultural tendency to consume.  

 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction to Consumption, Culture and Identity
 

Consumption and its relationship to Culture and Identity. Material culture and Consumer culture. Making sense of the Commodity. 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
The Economics, Politics and Spaces for Consumer Culture
 

 

Exchanging Things: The Economy and Culture, Capital, Class, and Consumer Culture. Taste & Life style and Consumer Culture. Making Sense of Shopping, Conspicuous consumption.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
: Branding, Gender and Consumer Subjectivity
 

 

Brands: Markets, Media and Movement. Circuit of Culture and Economy: Gender, Race and Reflexivity. 

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Nation, Religion and Politics
 

 

Identities as a multimedia spectacle, Consume culture identity and politics. Consumer Culture on the border

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Consumption Ethics
 

Consuming Ethics: What goes around and comes around. Articulating the subject and Spaces of Ethical Consumption and anti-consumption practices.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Celia Lury, Consumer Culture, Second Edition (Routledge, 2011)

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

Elizabeth Chin, My Life with Things: The Consumer Diaries (Duke University Press, 2016)

 

Evaluation Pattern

Continuous Internal Assessment -1 : 20 marks

Continuous Internal Assessment -2 : 25 marks

Continuous Internal Assessment -3 : 20 marks

End-semester Exam: 30 marks

Attendance: 5 marks

 

BECH291A - ECONOMICS AND LITERATURE (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This course is aimed at undergraduate students to introduce to them the idea literature and economics are closely intertwined. The course discusses how literature is not just a reflection of the society; it is also a powerful tool for furthering the public debate on socio-economic issues. In that, literature is both influenced by economics and influences economics. The course will examine selected works of literature to analyse the characters and plots from the point of view of economics.

 Course Objectives

This course will:

  • acquaint students to significant discourses in literature that deal with the portrayal of  economic issues
  • help them understand how ideology, interests and power influence economic narratives in society
  • through class discussions help students analyse fictional events and themes such as the Arbitristas´ campaign against idleness, the idle and those unproductively employed, or the debate on individual versus regulatory ethics
  • train students to hone their writing and presentation skills to effectively discuss complex ideas.

Course Outcome

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

  • appreciate that fictional literature captures and discusses some of the most pressing socio-economic issues in our society.
  • understand the interplay between economics and literature and how that has in the past influenced the decisions of the state/monarchy;
  • read and discuss selected works in literature from an economics perspective;
  • effectively communicate complex ideas through written and oral presentation.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Shelley's Radicalism: The Poet as Economist
 

Reading works such as ‘The Mask of Anarchy‘ and ‘The Revolt of Islam‘, where the poet Percy Bysshe Shelley explicitly satirises the government and calls for a radical transformation of society. In ‘An Address to the Irish People‘, which opposed the huge divide between rich and poor in society. His writings have had a huge impact on the society then inspiring working class to organise mass movements against the oppression and hypocrisy of the ruling order.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
The Invisible Man and the Invisible Hand: H.G. Wells' Critique of Capitalism
 

First published in 1897, H.G. Wells' The Invisible Man has given birth to innumerable literary imitations, film adaptations, and even a couple of television series, thus becoming a kind of modern myth. But as often happens in Wells' work, the science-fiction situation in The Invisible Man provides a vehicle for exploring a larger set of economic and political problems that preoccupied him throughout his career. In particular, although Griffin's invisibility has scientific causes, it largely has economic effects, above all, on the movement and transfer of money.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
The Capitalist Road: The Riddle of the Market from Karl Marx to Ben Okri
 

In spite of the refutation of Marxism in practice (and Marxism, remember, claimed to be above all a practical philosophy), and its repudiation by all who had any experience of the consequences of its grip on material life, it continues to exercise a significant influence among the denizens of one corner of the academy: in literary criticism. To be sure, not all are unreconstructed Marxists (indeed, some have been deconstructed and then constructed anew); and not all are Marxists of the same stripe. Yet they remain Marxists nonetheless.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Cantor, P., & Cox, S. (2009). Literature and the Economics of Liberty: Spontaneous Order in Culture. Ludwig von Mises Institute.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

The main course text is to be followed.

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

The evaluation of the course is by submission as per the following suggested pattern

Course title

MSE (Weight)

ESE (Weight)

Attendance

Economics and Literature

45%

50%

5%

 Mid Semester Examination

Individual Assignment

45 Marks

 End Semester Examination

Group/Individual Assignment

50 Marks

BECH291B - DESIGNING POLICIES FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This course is aimed at undergraduate students to introduce to them the idea of sustainable development andsocial/public policies within that context. The course discusses the challenges of sustainable development, and of designing policies for it, in a global setting. It examines the interplay of politics and economics, with emphasis on modes and instruments of producing public policy.

 Course Objectives

This course will:

  •  acquaint students to significant discourses and issues in policy design and intervention with regards to sustainable development.
  • help them understand how political ideology, interests and power influence economic actions, processes and planning at the macro level
  • through class discussions acquaint students to ideas agenda setting and policy dynamics in the context of sustainable development goals (SDGs)
  • train students to hone their writing and presentation skills to effectively discuss complex ideas.

Course Outcome

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

  • appreciate the concept of development goals and the emergence of SDGs.

  • understand the interplay between politics and economics and how that influences the decisions at the state level;

  • identify and examine some of the major themes in public policy intervention and measurement of SDGs;

  • effectively communicate complex ideas through written and oral presentation.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Institutional and Historical Background
 

The Historical Roots of the Field; Emergence of Schools of Public Policy; Sustainable Development Goals – the Concept

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Modes of Policy Analysis
 

Policy Analysis as Puzzle Solving; Policy Analysis as Critique; The Tools of Government in the Information Age;

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:18
Producing Public Policy: Process, Challenges and Constraints
 

Agenda Setting; Arguing, Bargaining and Getting Agreement; Reframing Problematic Policies; Challenges of achieving the SDGs in the context of Economic Constraints on Public Policy; Political Feasibility: Interests and Power; and Institutional Constraints on Policy

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Moran, M., Rein, M., &Goodin, R. E. (2006). The Oxford Handbook of Public Policy. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Addison, T., Harper, C., Prowse, M., Shepherd, A., Armando Barrientos, with, Braunholtz-Speight, T., … Zohir, S. (2009). The Chronic Poverty Report 2008–09. Retrieved from https://www.odi.org/sites/odi.org.uk/files/odi-assets/publications-opinion-files/2566.pdf

Bellinger, W. K. (2007). The Economic Analysis of Public Policy. Routledge.

Griggs, D., Stafford-Smith, M., Gaffney, O., Rockström, J., Öhman, M. C., Shyamsundar, P., ... & Noble, I. (2013). Policy: Sustainable Development Goals for People and Planet. Nature, 495(7441), 305-307.

Hausman, D. M., & McPherson, M. S. (2006). Economic Analysis, Moral Philosophy, and Public Policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Kates, R. W., Parris, T. M., &Leiserowitz, A. A. (2005). What is Sustainable Development? Goals, Indicators, Values, and Practice. Environment(Washington DC), 47(3), 8-21.

Mehta, A. K. (2002). Chronic Poverty in India: Overview Study. CPRC Working Paper 7. Retrieved from http://www.chronicpoverty.org/uploads/publication_files/CRPC-IIPA_2.pdf

 Sachs, J. D. (2012). From Millennium Development Goals to Sustainable Development Goals. The Lancet, 379(9832), 2206-2211.

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

Course title

MSE (Weight)

ESE (Weight)

Attendance

Designing Policies for Sustainable Development

45%

50%

5%

 

Mid Semester Examination

Group/Individual Assignment

45 Marks

 

End Semester Examination

Group/Individual Assignment

50 Marks

BENG211 - EDITING AND CONTENT WRITING (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This course is conceived as a hands-on course in Content Writing, Editing and Publishing. Writing as a skill has evolved itself as an indispensable skill for all media of communication. With the digital media steadily gaining the equal status to print media, writing becomes the newest skill in demand by both academia and industry. Hence a course in content writing for online and print that proposes to enhance the writing skills of the learners with an aim to equip them with skills for online content development will prove to be interesting as well as useful for the learners. Such a course will ensure that learners learn the basics of developing content and writing for the print and web. They will also get to differentiate between writing for print and digital media. This course will also look into the intricacies of language use with respect to different media. Thus, the course aims to teach learners the skills of content generation and presentation preparing them to meet the need of the industry. Learners will be introduced to the basics of content writing and  different kinds of editing such as copy editing, proofreading and content editing. They will be taught the nuances of each editing technique with help of authentic materials such collected from different sources. The course also aims to familiarize learners with editing for different purposes such as marketing editing, retail editing, journal editing (academic and non-academic), research editing, editing policy documents, financial documents and editing for newspapers. One of the main aspects of the course will be the focus on editing and publishing in the digital media. Thus, the course aims to provide learners with skills for both academic and industrial necessities.

 

Course Objectives

On the completion of the course, the learners will be able to:

·      Read different kinds of writing to identify issues in writing for print as well asdigital media

·      Respond fairly and intelligibly to a variety of written literature including officialDocuments

·      Edit manuscripts for content as well as usage

·      Proofread manuscripts

·      Edit digital material for content and appropriateness with respect to the audienceand the relevance of the content in the context

·      Edit material for industry purposes such as advertisements and headlineskeeping in mind the various cultural and political implications of the printed word.

·      Recognize and apply style conventions in both academic and business Documents

·      Analyse requirements for audience the text is addressed and modify the styleand content according

·      Edit different kinds of manuscripts such as financial documents, governmentaldocuments, policy documents etc.

·      Identify arenas for publishing and look at various aspects such as plagiarism,content generation and relevance.

·      Familiarize themselves with the laws and ethics of publishing

 

 

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, students would be able to:

·      Critically appreciate the varied methods and styles of content creation and reflect up on it in their assignments.

·      Produce sensible content on multiple platforms (web/print).

·      Create a readership through regular writing/blogging activities.

·      Distinguish between various academic and technical registers and present it in form of multiple classroom engagements. 

·      Display a comprehensive knowledge of editing and proofreading through their assignments.

·      Develop a flair for writing and engaging with readers.

 

 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Writing as a Profession
 

This unit aims to explore writing as a profession which deals with technical writing, academic writing, creative writing and content writing.

·      Technical writing (brief overview); audience analysis; differences in content and creative writing; creative writing as an aspect in content writing .

 

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Content Writing
 

·      Introducing content writing; World Wide Web; digital media 

·      Writing for media; issues with writing for media

·      Historical overview of digital writing 

 

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Content generation and Development
 

This unit intends to explore the process of content generation and development. Aspects of content writing; content analysis; 

·      Rules in content writing; economy in writing; 

·      Writing for websites; writing for online advertisements. 

·      Writing for social media (blogs, twitter etc.); 

·      Travel writing for blogs and travel websites; Web Copywriting 

 

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Editing
 

This unit introduces students with roles of editors and various skills required for the same.

Introduction to editing and publishing in academia. Differences in copy editing,proofreading and content editing. 

·      Grammar and usage editing

·      Editing for Academic Journals; Reading academic journals to identify major arguments. 

 

·      Placing of issues in the journal. Approaches to academic journals in different disciplines. Discipline specific editing. Issues in content and language editing for academic journals. Scrutinizing articles for relevance in context. Book editing. Proofreading

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Publishing and Ethics
 

This unit aims to prepare students to publish their works with ethical awareness.

·      Publishing in Print and Digital Media Ethics in publishing; 

·      Requirements for publishing; 

·      Writing for research journals; Writing for newspaper; Writing Buzzfeed articles, Blogs

 

·      Plagiarism and its impact. 

Text Books And Reference Books:

-

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Harrigan, J. T. The editorial eye. New York: St. Martin's Press.1993.

Judd, K.  Copyediting, a practical guide. Los Altos, CA: Crisp Publications. 1990

Lee, M. Bookmaking: Editing, design, production. New York: Norton. 2004.

Menon, S. Freelance Writing for the 'Newbie' Writer. New Delhi. Unicorn Books. 2009. 

Miller, J. The Book on Content:Using Words to Attract Clients. (Kindle edition). 2013.

Parker, E. How to Start Content Writing for Websites and Build a Full Time Career. 2015.

Redish,J. “Letting Go of The Words: Writing Web Content that Works”. Kaufmann CA. 2007.

The Chicago Manual of Style. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 2003.

Truss, L. Eats, Shoots and Leaves: The Zero Tolerance Approach to Punctuation. New York: Gotham Books. 2004.

 

 

Evaluation Pattern

This is a submission paper which requires the subject teacher to formulate the set of tasks for MSE and ESE.

 

CIA 1: An online Buzzfeed type of writing on students’ area of interest.

Objective: Analyse a potential area of interest and write for online audience.

Learning Outcomes: To write for online media; To fashion their writing skills based on buzzfeed style articles. Get it published on any online media podcast.

 

CIA 2: Class test—proofreading. 

Objectives: Proofread and edit a given piece of text. 

Learning Outcomes: Practice in proofing; paying attention to the ways in which efficient use of language hones the expression of meaning.  

Parameters: All errors to be identified and corrected.

 

MSE: To be based on service-learning model. Students have to identify a small scale shop preferably from unorganised sector and create an online page for them and maintain the page for till mid-semester exam.

ESE: Students have to train their chosen shop owner/manager to maintain their online page and enhance their business. 

 

BENG221 - ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION-II (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

English Language and Composition is an intensive program for two semesters for all the students of the BA/BSc programmes (ENGH, EPH, ECOH, JOUH, PSYH, MEP) that introduces students to a wide range of expository works in order to develop their knowledge of rhetoric and make them aware of the power of language. The course is designed to meet the rigorous requirements of a graduate level courses and therefore includes expository, analytical, personal, and argumentative texts from a variety of authors and historical contexts. It would provide students with the opportunity to work with the rhetorical situation, examining the authors’ purposes as well as the audiences and the subjects in texts.

 

The purpose of the course is to enable students to read analytically, formulate arguments based on the readings, and respond by composing articulate essays that utilise advanced elements of sentence structure, syntax, style, purpose, and tone. Thus, by the use of rhetorical principles, students will learn how to become critical thinkers, and apply that knowledge to their writing by revising and improving their essays, as well as critiquing and editing peer essays. In addition, students will be required to thoroughly research relevant topics, synthesise information from a variety of sources, and document their knowledge in a cogent well written report. Also, as the course is designed to engage students with rhetoric in multiple mediums, including visual media such as photographs, films, advertisements, comic strips, music videos, and TED talks; students would develop a sense to comprehend how resource of language operates in any given text.

 

While the first semester focusses on understanding principles of rhetoric through multiple texts, the second semester is more thematic in nature familiarising students with texts from multiple disciplines, especially in the context of India. The skills acquired in the first semester would help  students to critically engage with rhetoric within the context of contemporary India and critically respond to the same.

 

As part of the course students are expected to maintain a writing journal to monitor their progress in writing.

Course Objectives

       To critically engage with a variety of text on multiple themes from different disciplines.

       Familiarise students with different kinds of rhetoric produced in Indian context.

       Apply the Rhetoric techniques learned in the first semester while engage with thematic texts.

       Demonstrate understanding and mastery of English Language as well as stylistic maturity in their own writings

       Engage in critical writing on variety of socio-political issues. 

       To enable students to be aware of the politics behind knowledge production.

       Write on multiple themes for various purpose

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, students would be able to:

Analyse and interpret samples of good writing by identifying and explaining an author’s use of rhetorical strategies and techniques

      Analyze both visual and written texts.

      Apply effective strategies and techniques in their own writing

      Create and sustain arguments based on reading, research, and/or personal experience, especially in the Indian contexts;

      Demonstrate understanding and mastery of English Language as well as stylistic maturity in their own writings

      Produce expository, analytical, and argumentative compositions that introduce a complex central idea and develop it with appropriate evidence drawn from primary and/or secondary source material, cogent explanations, and clear transitions;

      Move effectively through the stages of the writing process with careful attention to inquiry and research, drafting, revising, editing, and review;

      Write thoughtfully about their own process of composition

      Revise a work to make it suitable for a different audience

      Communicate effectively in different medium by developing their LSRW skills.

 

       Can effortlessly use English language for graduate course and for career.


Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
The Question of Knowledge: The Education System
 

1.     Rethinking Education: Why Education System is Ripe for Disruption by Naveen Jain. https://www.forbes.com/sites/naveenjain/2013/03/24/disrupting-education/#3721fe4523ef

2.     Sherman Alexe’s Superman and Me http://www.umsl.edu/~alexanderjm/SupermanandMebyAlexie.pdf

3.     For the Record: Dear Minister.

http://indianexpress.com/article/opinion/columns/satyapal-singh-darwin-evolution-theory-scientists-pm-modi-dear-minister-5035204/

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:5
Individual and Society
 

1.     “Go Kiss the World” by Subrotobagchihttp://subrotobagchi.mindtree.com/iim-bangalore-speech/

2.      Sky Baba Vegetarians Only. http://www.anveshi.org.in/vegetarians-only-a-short-story-by-sky-baba/

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
Economy and Materialism
 
Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Society and Social Issues (Gender/ environment/ class/ caste)
 

1.     Gandhian In Gerwhal

2.     Ramachandra Guha. When eleven women of Bengal Took on Gaandhihttp://ramachandraguha.in/archives/when-eleven-women-of-bengal-took-on-gandhi-the-telegraph.html

3.     Caste Culture at IIT Madras by Anjatha Subrmaninan. http://www.openthemagazine.com/article/open-essay/an-anatomy-of-the-caste-culture-at-iit-madras.

Politics of Intimate

4.     https://medium.com/@pallavirao84/politics-of-the-intimate-pt-3-the-brahmin-mistress-and-the-bahujan-maid-6becf6e2fbcb

5.     Hagwoman by K. R Meera.

6.     Swara Bhaskar’s letter.

https://thewire.in/218456/end-magnum-opus-i-felt-reduced-vagina/

7.     Is brown man a Racist by Chandra Bhan Prasad 

http://www.india-seminar.com/2006/558/558%20chandra%20bhan%20prasad.html

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Sports and the World
 

1.     Vadivaasal Novella

2.     Sports women or victim of sexual assault: Dreams Die fast in Haryana.http://indianexpress.com/article/opinion/haryana-rapes-sportswoman-police-ml-khattar-sexual-assault-5034854/

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:10
Politics and Propaganda
 

1.     Who is Afraid of Caricature by S. PrassannaRajanhttp://www.openthemagazine.com/article/locomotif/who-s-afraid-of-a-caricature

2.     Politics as Costume Drama by Sunanda K Datta Ray.

http://www.openthemagazine.com/article/open-essay/politics-as-costume-drama

3.     Net Neutrality and Freedom of expressions by Karan Lihari and Chtanyabalkrishnan

http://www.openthemagazine.com/article/open-essay/net-neutrality-the-net-worth-of-freedom

4.     The State and The Selfie. By Suchitra Vijayan http://www.suchitravijayan.com/archives/396

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:5
The politics of Language
 

1.     How a Bihari Lost his mother Tongue to Hindi by Roshan Kishore http://www.livemint.com/Leisure/Nl73WC1JA8d6KVybBycNlM/How-a-Bihari-lost-his-mother-tongue-to-Hindi.html

 

Hail English, The Dalit Goddess by Chandra Bhan Prasad 

2.     http://www.anveshi.org.in/hail-english-the-dalit-goddess/

Text Books And Reference Books:

The course is based on the work Language of Composition: Reading, Writing and Rhetoric by Renee H. Shea, Lawrence Sanclon and Robin Dissin Aufses.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Compilation

Evaluation Pattern

Note:

1.     Teachers would take to class some of the selected texts from each unit for discussion. Few texts can be used to test students for CIA 1 and 3. This si to be decided at the meetings beginning in the semester.

2.     In order to access the prescribed texts for the course an online repository would be shared with the students.

 

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

BENG231 - CANON AND ITS CONTESTATIONS (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This course aims to break the age old notions of the classics as the best. It attempts to familiarize students with the debates of high culture and low culture; problematize their understanding of literature itself which had begun in the previous semester. It will enable students to understand and contest the hierarchies established within literary and academic circles; relook at their own assumptions in judging literature as good and bad. It will enable them in the long run to engage with literature as a text, in context and not as ‘good’ or ‘bad’. 

 

Course Objectives

This course aims to enable the student to: 

·      understand the canon

·      interrogate notions of the canon

·      debate on notions of high and low culture

·      critically engage with literature 

·      comprehend and engage with ‘texts’ 

·      questions notions of ‘authority’ and 

·      understand that all classifications are arbitrary constructions

 

Level of Knowledge

 

A mind that is inquisitive and willing not to make judgements

Course Outcome

At the completion of this course, the students would be able to:

·      Differentiate between a canonical and non-canonical work.

·      Critically evaluate and discuss the politics behind the construction of canons.

·      Display an informed understanding of high and low culture through varied classroom engagements.

·      Engage in the creation and production of content challenging the notion of canon through various assignments. 

 

 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:20
Introduction to the Canon
 

This section will deal with 5 hours of discussion on student’s understanding of literature and what is good and bad literature. The prescribed sections will merge with the initial discussions and introduce the students to the idea of a hierarchy / canon which one has been unwittingly following faithfully all these years. 

 

·      M H Abrams: “Canonical Literature”

·      F R Leavis: Excerpts from The Critical Tradition

·      Matthew Arnold: Excerpts from “The Study of Poetry” 

·      Samuel Johnson: Excerpts from “Lives of the Poets”

 

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:20
Contestations to the Canon
 

This section will problematize student’s knowledge of the classics and their judgements of literature as good and bad. It will enable them to understand how their notions of literature has been conditioned by certain operational power structures. 

 

·      Sam Sacks: “Canon Fodder: Denouncing the Classics”

·      Camilla Nelson: “The Literary Canon is Exhilarating and Disturbing and We Need to Read it”

·      Irving Howe: “The Value of the Canon”

·      Charles Altieri: “An Ideal and Idea of a Literary Canon”

 

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:25
Reading the Canon and its 'Other'
 

This unit will introduce students to literature that is considered canonical and some of its contestations. This will enable students to question the givens and make better equipped critiques. One could also introduce the students to the idea of the empire writing / striking back. 

(Choose any TWO pairs from the given three pairs.) 

 

·      Stephen Greenblatt: “Learning to Curse: Aspects of. Linguistic Colonialism in the Sixteenth Century”

 

·      Pair I: William Shakespeare: The Tempest

Aime Cesaire:  A Tempest

 

·      Pair II: Jane Austen: Emma

Rajashree Ojha: Aisha

 

·      Pair III: Charlotte Bronte: Jane Eyre

 

Jean Rhys: Wide Sargasso Sea

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
The 'Not So Popular'
 

This section will introduce students to writer’s and texts that are marginalised to understand the complexities of constructions of good and bad literature and the politics of representation. The section will also conclude the basic arguments made in the course and enable students to voice their opinions. 

 

·      Simon Forman: Excerpts from Dr Simon Forman’s Diary 

·      Maria Edgeworth: Excerpts from her Letters

·      Bama: Karukku

·      Marlene Nourbese Phillips: “Brown Sugar”

 

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Compilation of all prescribed readings. 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Abrams, M H and Geoffrey Gart Harpham. A Glossary of Literary Terms. 11the Edn. Cengage Learning, 2015. 

Bourdieu, Pierre. The Field of Cultural Production: Essays on Art and Literature. Polity Press, 1993. 

Day, Gary. The British Critical Tradition: A Re-evaluation. Palgrave, 1992.

Eagleton, Terry. How to Read a Poem. Blackwell Publishing, 

Eagleton, Terry. The Function of Criticism. Cambridge UP, 1984. 

Eagleton, Terry. The Idea of Culture. Wiley, 

Free, Margaret and Harriette Taylor Treadwell. Reading Literature.Bibliobaazar, 2010. 

Leavis, F R. The Great Tradition.Nabu Press, 2011. 

Waxler, Robert P. The Risk of Reading: How Literature Helps us to Understand Ourselves and the World. Bloomsbury Publishing, 2010. 

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

 

CIA 1 (20 marks)

Any assignment that would enable students to understand the idea of the ‘canon’ and that enables them to engage with it in a politically engaging manner. 

 

CIA 2 (MSE): Written Exam for 50 marks

 

CIA 3 (20 marks)

Library work submission and a creative assignment that would enable students to engage with a canonical text and a counter to it. They can reconstruct it from different perspectives – stage a play, write a book etc. 

 

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

BENG232 - BRITISH LITERATURE-II (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This paper titled British Literature II aims at introducing students to the growth and development of English Literature. It aims to equip the students with skills to engage critically and imaginatively with literary texts and their contexts. The constituent elements of the various Units of this paper have been selected on the basis of any one or more of the following ways in which Literature and the Humanities and British Literature in particular has been challenged:

a)    in terms of the text’s medium (for instance, film and visual arts)

b)    minor, lesser-known authors/genres in the period have been considered as texts that will destabilize a traditional notion of British Literature

The course is intended less as a survey and more as an introduction to literary moments and debates that have conditioned the development of English Literature across ages.

 

Course Objectives

The objectives of this paper are to:

•      inculcate literary sensibility and a spirit of questioning in the students

•      improve language skills –speaking, reading, writing and listening

•      equip the students with tools for developing lateral thinking

•      equip students with critical reading and thinking habits

 

Level of Knowledge

 

The students should have a relatively good command over the English language; they should have basic analytical skills to analyze the nuances of a text. They should also have knowledge of British Literature I.

Course Outcome

At the completion of this course, the students would be able to:

·      Recount and construct a connection between the readings in British Literature I  and the present course. 

·      Critically evaluate the impact of the context on the text and vice versa.

 

·      Display an intersectional and intertextual understanding of readings in classroom discussions and activities.

 

 

 

Note: The following Units are indicative in their content. The texts/authors that form part of the final course plan will be culled from this list on the basis of class dynamics/duration or time allotted to individual modules. The following texts have been chosen to illustrate the nuanced teaching methodology required to introduce first year undergraduate students to British Literature in our contemporary “technologized” age where the “text” itself is no longer confined to print media.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:20
Early Victorian Literature
 

Poetry

·      Alfred Lord Tennyson: “Ulysses”

·      Robert Browning: “Porphyria’s Lover”

·      Elizabeth Barrett Browning: “A Musical Instrument”

Novel

·      Charlotte Bronte: Jane Eyre

Essay

·      Thomas Carlyle: Extracts from “On Heroes, Hero-Worship, and the Heroic in History”

 

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Late Victorian Literature
 

Poetry

·      Gerald Manley Hopkins: “The Windhover”

·      Thomas Hardy: “Wessex Heights”

·      Matthew Arnold: “Dover Beach”

Play

·      Bernard Shaw: Pygmalion

 

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:20
Contemporary British Literature (1900-1950)
 

Introduction to Modernism

Poetry

W.B. Yeats: “Easter, 1916”

T.S. Eliot: “The Hollow Men”

Wilfred Owen: “Anthem for Doomed Youth”

Short Story 

Virginia Woolf: “The Mark on the Wall”

Novel

Joseph Conrad: Heart of Darkness

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:20
1950-the Present
 

Poetry

Ted Hughes: “Telegraph Wires”

John Betjeman: “How to Get On In Society”

Carol Ann Duffy: “Valentine”

Simon Armitage: “The Shout”

Drama

John Osborne: Look Back in Anger

Short Story

Roald Dahl: “The Landlady”

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

-

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Abrams, M.H. A Glossary of Literary Terms. 8th Ed. New York: Wardworth, 2005. Print.

Corcoran, Neil. The Cambridge Companion to Twentieth-CenturyEnglish Poetry. Cambridge: CUP, 2007. Print

Davis, Alex, and Lee M Jenkins. The Cambridge Companion to Modernist Poetry. Cambridge: CUP, 2007. Print

Ferguson, Margaret, Mary Jo Salter and Jon Stallworthy. Eds. The Norton Anthology of Poetry. 4th Ed. New York: WW Norton, 1996. Print

Gupta, Ambika Sen. Selected College Poems. Rpt. Hyderabad: Orient Longman,1999. Print

The Cambridge Companion to Narrative. Cambridge: CUP, 2007.Print.

John, Eileen, and Dominic McIver Lopes. Philosophy of Literature: Contemporary and Classic Readings. Oxford: Blackwell, 2004. Print

Kaplan, Fred, and Monod, Sylvere. Hard Times. New York: WW Norton, 2002. Print

Sampson, George. The Concise Cambridge History of English Literature, 3rd Ed. Cambridge : CUP, 2005. Print.

Ramarao, Vimala,. Ed. Explorations. Vol II. Bangalore :Prasaranga, Bangalore. Print. 

 

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 

CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

 

BENG261 - FORGING CONTEMPORARY IDENTITY (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

It can be reasonably argued that in India, from the beginning of its civilizational enterprise, nothing has remained singular for too long. Whether God or religion, philosophy or metaphysics, language or custom, cuisine or costume, every realm is marked by plurality. It is impossible, therefore, to talk about the ‘Indian’ tradition: there are multiple traditions, all authentically and robustly Indian. Central to the plural tradition, or sensibility, is the notion that there are many ways of looking at and living in the world. Plurality accommodates differences; and differences, in their turn, embody and enact dissent. Even in the ‘Nasadiya Sukta’, a major verse in the Rig Veda, the Vedic seers inserted a deeply metaphysical note of dissent – which arose because multiple perspectives on diversity was always accepted. 

But despite this, our image of the present is one which is tied to a series of contemporary assumptions and as a result can become restrictive and limited – especially when we try to understand what the identity of being an Indian subscribes to, especially in the contemporary context. And this precisely where the danger of mixing faith, religion, beliefs with politics of identity begins. Especially when we keep in mind that – in this Nation – often ‘dissent’ has been either directly suppressed, by terming it anti-national, or the state has kept quiet when Dalits and minorities have been attacked, often brutally. A lot of this is sought to be justified on the grounds that Indian traditions, especially religious ones are being wrongly interpreted, and that there’s an urgent need to correct such distortions and prevent a civilizational collapse. Also central to this enterprise is propaganda and distortion of history. A massive cultural amnesia is often spread through biased, unpardonably partisan cultural events, education and media. Majority communities are told repeatedly that they have been wronged, discriminated against and unjustly treated. Selective facts and figures are being brazenly propagated by certain groups that have appropriated the right to speak for all.

Part of the problem lies in how we are educating our younger generations as well. And towards this end, this course seeks to engage the students with the myriad ways in which the past, though no longer present – is a presence in our lives today. This course is specifically designed to introduce students to methodologies that are required for understanding the Indian identity and history as a multiple, layered, and often a contested set of representations. The course is built as an in-depth series of case studies, with the aim of bringing together three distinct areas of analytical questions that are implied by its title’s key terms – ‘history’, ‘memory’ and ‘identity’. Questions like – what are main approaches to social and cultural memory of this Nation? What, and whose history is being remembered and narrated? And in this quagmire, how should the Indian identity be understood? – would be the prime focus of the course.

Course Objectives

·      The course’s focal point would be emphasizing discourses on communities, uniqueness and exceptionality, including the myths of origin and of cultural exclusivity, narratives of national history and even pantheons of national heroes, in the creation of an Indian memory and identity from earliest times to today.

·      It will then move on to empire and post-coloniality, (post)socialism and (neo)liberalism as equally distinct forms of historical memory organization, with their own repertoires of referential imagery and understandings of boundaries.

·      It will also explore the issues of memory of war, communal clashes and ethnic conflict. Archive, film, body and material objects, including buildings, are approached as culturally-specific memory devices and contested sites for historical memory, in turn leading to the construction of the said Indian identity.

·      Within which they will be acquainted with religious diversity and politicization, as it becomes a topic of enormous contemporary relevance, with implications for the construction of national/international identity and responsibilities.

·      Further, this course was also designed to educate students on the dangers of history when misused in the construction of national and other group identities – especially when religion and politics are intermixed, and ‘us and them’ dichotomies of difference are created and mobilized in mass atrocities.

·      To make students understand that deconstructing the Indian identity is not only valuable for their own social, moral, and intellectual development, it also serves as a foundation for examining the choices made by individuals and groups in the past as well as in the present.

·      Finally, the intention of the course is to make the student aware of the complexities in reconstructing the past of a nation and to enable the learner to problematize the past as a non-monolithic entity.

Course Outcome


At the end of the Course the students will be able to:

  • Critically engage with representations of the Indian past in the present, to enable them to analyze and use evidence in interrogating historical accounts and memory of the present Nation.
  • Examine the memories of their own past and its multiple perspectives, which will enable them to read, write and reflect on the past; or in other words, make it more difficult for them to fall prey to the dangers of rhetoric and post-truth discourses.
  • Trace the evolution of identity and memory, and how they factor into our historical understandings and thereby condition the present-day policies and decision-making.
  • Critically reflect and engage with the interface between the past and the present, fostering a healthy appreciation for history and its imprint on our present world.
  • Analyze the interaction between history, memory and politics when following the news and in examining historical cases.
  •  Develop the ability to generate concepts and theoretical models, to test new methods and tools for professional and research-based activities.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Echoes of the Past: Odds and Ends
 

a)    Mapping the Terrain: India, Bhārata, Hindustan, Āryāvarta?

b)   Framing and Reframing Identity: Contested Place of Memory – Individual to Collective.

 

c)    Unstuck in Time: How to Narrate the Past? – Sources; Periodization; Multiple Pasts. 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Turning the Time-turner: Earliest ?Indian? Memories
 

a)    Archaeological Imagination: Indus Valley Civilization – The State Conundrum in History

b)   Mind in Material: Social Formations and Transitions – Vedic Age – Which of us are Aryans?

 

c)    Peopling the Past: Religion and State – Asokan Legacies and the Mauryans; The Shining Golden Guptas; The Empire-building Colās.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:12
An Era of Darkness? Life in Medieval ?India?
 

a)    Constructed Time - The Problematic Medieval; Accommodations of Difference – Medieval in North and South Indian Subcontinent. 

b)   Negotiating Space: Power and Privilege of Immunity in Indian Feudal Society.

c)    The Other Empires: Age of Wrath? – The Sultanate; The Last Glorious Age? – The Mughals.

 

d)   The Forgotten Variable: Indian Ocean and its Many Histories.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
British Raj: The Haunting
 

a)     Colonizing Knowledges: Racializing the ‘Other’; Latent and Manifest Orientalism.

b)   Endgames of Empire Building: British Revenue Systems; Commercialization of Agriculture, Deindustrialization; and Famines.

c)    Tryst with Destiny: Formation of ‘National Identity’; Burgeoning of the Press; a New Social Order.

 

d)   Birth of a Nation: Making of Indian Identity; Struggling for Independence; Experiencing Freedom.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:12
Rhetoric of the Past: Whose History?
 

a)    Engendering the Past: The Many Voices of the Fringes. 

b)   Devotion to Dissent – The Multivariate Class and Caste Movements through Ages.

c)    Re-Visioning the Silences of History: Tribal histories; Partition Narratives; Oral traditions; Folklore.

 

d)   Affecting and Effecting the Future: Making Choices – Can Indian Identity and History Belongto any One Group?

Text Books And Reference Books:

Essential Readings:


·       Guha, Ranajit (ed). 1997. A Subaltern Studies Reader 1986-1995, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press.
·       Habib, Irfan. 2008. Medieval India: The Study of a Civilization,New Delhi: National Book Trust.

·       Metcalf, Barbara D., Thomas R. Metcalf. 2006. A Concise History of Modern India.2ndEdition, New York: Cambridge University Press.
·       Roy, Kumkum (ed). 2011. Insights and Interventions: Essays in Honour of Uma Chakravarti, New Delhi: Primus Books.
·       Sarkar, Sumit. 2002. Modern India, 1885-1947, New Delhi: Macmillan India.
·       Thapar, Romila. 2003. Early India, From the Origins to AD 1300, New Delhi: Penguin.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Recommended Readings:

·       Alam, Muzaffar. 2014. The Languages of Political Islam in India c. 1200-1800.Ranikhet: Permanent Black.
·       Asher, C.B. and C. Talbot (eds). 2006. India before Europe, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

·       Bandyopadhyay, Sekhar. 2004. From Plassey to Partition: A History of Modern India. New Delhi: Orient Longman.
·       Bayly, Christopher A. 1990. Indian Society and the Making of the British Empire, (The New Cambridge History of India Series), Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
·       Chandra, Bipan, Mridula Mukherjee, Aditya Mukherjee, K.N. Panikkar, and Sucheta Mahajan. 1989. India’s Struggle for Independence, New Delhi: Penguin.
·       Chandra, Bipan, Mridula Mukherjee, and Aditya Mukherjee. 1999. India After Independence 1947 – 2000, New Delhi: Penguin.
·       Chattopadhyaya, B.D. 1998. Representing the Other? Sanskrit Sources and the Muslims: Eighth to Fourteenth Century), Delhi: Manohar.
·       Chaudhuri, K.N. 1985.Trade and Civilisation in the Indian Ocean: An Economic History from the Rise of Islam to 1750,Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
·       Eaton, R.M. 2000. Essays on Islam and Indian History, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
·       Fritz, J.M. and G. Michell, (ed). 2001. New Light on Hampi: Recent Research at Vijayanagara, Mumbai: Marg Publications. 
·       Guha, Ramachandra. 2011. India After Gandhi, New Delhi: Macmillan.
·       Jaiswal, Suvira. 2000. Caste: Origin, Function and Dimensions of Change, New Delhi: Manohar.
·       Kulke, Hermann.2001.Kings and Cults: State Formation and Legitimation in India and Southeast Asia, New Delhi: Manohar.
·       Lal, Ruby. 2005. Domesticity and Power in the Early Mughal World, (Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization), Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
·       Metcalf, Thomas 1995. Ideologies of the Raj, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
·       Pollock, Sheldon (ed). 2003. Literary Cultures in History: Reconstructions from South Asia, Berkeley: University of California Press.
·       Ratnagar, Shereen. 2002. Understanding Harappa; Civilization in the Greater Indus Valley, New Delhi: Tulika.
·       Roy, Kumkum (ed). 1999. Women in Early Indian Societies, New Delhi: Manohar.
·       Sarkar, Sumit and Tanika Sarkar (eds). 2007. Women and Social Reform in India, Vol I and II, Ranikhet: Permanent Black.
·       Sharma, R. S. 1980. Indian Feudalism (circa 300 – 1200), Manipal: Macmillan.
·       Sharma, R. S. 2007. Material Culture and Social Formations in Ancient India, 2ndEdition, New Delhi: Macmillan.
·       Thapar, Romila. 2000. History and Beyond, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
·       Thapar, Romila. 2013. The Past Before Us: Historical Traditions of Early North India, New Delhi:Permanent Black.
·       Trautmann, Thomas. 2005. The Aryan Debate: Debates in Indian History and Society, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Assignment 1

Assignment 2

Total

20

20

40

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

3x5=15

2X10=20

1x15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

3x5=15

2X10=20

1x15=15

50

BENG291B - READING THE CYBERSPACE: PUBLIC AND THE PRIVATE (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

We become savvy about the world on a daily basis. Cyberspace aided by the internet is one agency that enables our knowledge and entertainment production, dissemination and consumption. We interact with the virtual space much more than we often interact with the real to the extent that the simulacra we live in have become more real/hyperreal than the real itself. In this scenario, it is important to read, understand, critique and reorient our relationship with the cyberworld we live in and breathe through. The course will also deal with aspects of the public as personal and the personal as public. This course is an attempt to engage with these aspects by negotiating with the virtually real.  

Objectives

  • To read and comprehend the cyberspace
  • To critically engage with the virtual and the real
  • To examine our own production, dissemination and consumption of realities in this virtual world we negotiate
  • To understand the nuances of the private space and public space
  • To understand internet and its potential

Course Outcome

At the completion of this course, the students would be able to:

  • Assess the notion of cyberscape and its contemporary implication and present in through classroom debates and discussions.
  • Clearly distinguish between the virtual and the real and present it in their writings and discussions.
  • Raise awareness about the contemporary problems pertaining to this field through multiple engagements.
  • Learn the use of social media for promoting various social and ecological issues.

 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Cyberculture and the Cyberspace
 

           

To enable students to understand what we understand by the terms cyberspace and cyberculture. Will discuss key terms and modes of understanding the concepts and the manner in which this course will progress along with its aims and objectives.

  • Steven G Jones: “The Internet and its Social Landscape”
  • Ananda Mitra: “Virtual Commonality: Looking for Indian on the Internet”
  • David Thorburn: “Web of Paradox”
Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Cyberliteratures
 

 

This unit will attempt to enable students to deal with new forms of literature enabled by the cyberspace. It will look at how the internet and the cyberworld has reconfigured language, grammar, meaning, form and content for the digital native cyborg who seamlessly traverse the real and the virtual, the banal and the political. This section will deal with genres and the student and faculty can mutually decide on select examples from each genre.

  • Terribly Tiny Tales
  • Fan fiction
  • Hypertext Poetry
  • Slam Poetry
  • Twitterature
Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Social Networking and Online Shopping
 

                

This unit will discuss aspects of freedom and the empowerment of communities through the cyberspace be it through social networking sites, online shopping, youtubing, Netflix, vlogging and blogging. It will look at how choices are mediated in the name of empowering the common public and how a certain hegemony gets constructed through manipulated consent.

  • Lloyd Morrisset: “Technologies of Freedom”
  • Film: The Social Network
  • Drama: An episode from Black Mirror
  • Andrei Gornyk: “From Youtube to Ru Tube, or How I Learnt to Love All Tubes”
  • Youtube
  • Netflix
  • Vlogging and Blogging
Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Surveillance and Knowledge Systems
 

 

This unit will attempt to look at the various aspects of surveillance that the digital and cybertechnology has equipped us with. It will examine how this constructs discourses of the body, gender and selfhood. This unit will also look at the manner in which knowledge and information has also been reconfigured and appropriated through digital and cybertechnology.

  • Pramod K Nayar: Biometric Surveillance
  • Swati Chaturvedi: I am a Troll: Inside the Secret World of the BJP’s Digital Army.
Text Books And Reference Books:

All prescribed texts

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Thorburn, David and Henry Jenkins eds. Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition. MIT Press, 2003. Print.

Jenkins, Henry and David Thorburn, eds. Democracy and New Media. MIT Press, 2003.

Snickars, Pelle and Patrick Vonderau, eds. The Youtube Reader. National Library of Sweeden, 2009.

Jones, Steve G. ed. Virtual Culture: Identity and Communication in Cybersociety. Sage Publications, 2002.

Evaluation Pattern

 Evaluation Pattern

Total

CIA(Weight)

ESE (Weight)

Attendance

100

45%

50%

5%

 

CIA

Group/Individual Assignment

45 Marks

 

End Semester Examination

Group/Individual Assignment

50 Marks

BHIS291A - THE POLITICS OF MEMORY: THE MAKINGS OF GENOCIDE (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

The course will look at Genocide – trace its ideological foundations and historical evolution from antiquity to the late 20thcentury. Genocide is a topic of enormous contemporary relevance, with implications for the construction of national identity and the responsibilities of the international community. While the focus will be on the Shoah (or Holocaust) due to its centrality within Genocide Studies, the course will also look at American, Asian and African cases. The analysis will be focused on the historical, cultural and social contexts along with the spatial, cultural and political memories they engender. The course will look at the phenomena of genocide through history. It will explore the causes and course of various episodes of genocide throughout world history, using a comparative approach. 

The core case studies are Armenia, the Jewish Holocaust, Cambodia and Rwanda, as well as pre-1900 genocides (particularly Native Americans and Africans). The students will analyze how the memory of genocide has been used and abused for political and other ends. This course is designed to challenge and enhance students pre-existing historiographical skills and encourage interdisciplinary awareness. The course concludes by asking students whether historical understanding can help us to prevent genocide in the future.

Course Objectives:

  • To investigate the ideological, cultural, social, and economic causes of persecution, including but not limited to genocide according to strict legalistic definitions.
  •  It will examine the strategies that victims and perpetrators have used to cope at the time and afterwards with the moral issues involved. 
  • To consider the moral and ethical choices made by the individuals/institutions involved in planning, perpetrating, witnessing, ignoring, or being victimized during genocides and mass atrocities.
  • To prod students to consider the uses and abuses of genocide history, such as genocide memorials and Holocaust denial.
  • It will study the influence of political memory and the role it plays in making of and deciding genocide.
  • Students will also critically assess the study of genocide and how this subject has prompted enormous scholarly debate and disagreement both in history and other fields. 

Course Outcome

  • This course is designed to teach students both the importance and limitations of history as an academic discipline, and the dangers of history when misused in the construction of national and other group identities. 
  •  This course will enable the students to identify the nature of ethnic cleansing and genocide and to discover the common historical, political and sociological threads that unite these tragedies.
  • The discussion and analysis of a series of case studies including, among others: the near extermination of First Nations people by colonizers of the New World, the Armenian genocide, the man-made famines, the Holocaust, the displacement of peoples in the aftermath of the Second World War in Europe and Africa, and the case of ethnic cleansing and genocide during the wars – will expose the students to the multiple narratives and memories of what constitutes Genocide.
  • Students are forced to confront core disciplinary issues related to the construction of political memory through their study of the makings of Genocide vis-à-vis the attempt to annihilate people because of their membership of a real or perceived group.
  • The students will be made aware of the adequacies and shortcomings in the historians’ tools to address this phenomenon, compare episodes of genocide, relate to the disagreements over the fundamental definition of genocide, how societies have constructed ‘us and them’ dichotomies of difference and how these been mobilized in genocidal projects.
  • It is unlikely that students will enjoy studying the history of genocide. On the other hand, it is almost certain that each student will finish the course with a different perspective on world history and human society.

 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Theory of Genocide and Mass Killing
 

a)    Origins of Genocide: Why study genocide and other mass atrocities?

b)   Approaches to Genocide – From definition to process.

 

c)    Antiquity of Genocide – Carthage, General Ran Min, Albigensian Crusade, Genghis Khan and the Mongol hordes – Were these episodes of Genocide?

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Empires, Race and Genocide
 

a)     Empire building and the roots of mass murder – Native Americans and French conquest of Algeria

b)    Ordinary murderers and a genocidal mind- Nazism, Stalinism and Maoism

 

c)     The economics of mass atrocities –Colonization of Australia and Tasmania

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:12
Patterns of Mass Violence
 

a)    Genocide and morality – Great Irish famine and famines in British India

 

b)   The logistics of annihilation – Rwanda and Cambodia

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
Genocide in Collective Memory
 

a)    The strategic logic of mass killing – Bangladesh and Sri Lanka

 

b)   History, politics, memory and representation of genocide - Perpetrators and collaborators

Text Books And Reference Books:

·     Adam Jones, Genocide:  A Comprehensive Introduction, Routledge, 2006.
·       Donald Bloxham and A. Dirk Moses (ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Genocide Studies, Oxford University Press, 2010.
·       Edward S. Herman and David Peterson, The Politics of Genocide, Monthly Review Press, 2011.
·       Graham C. Kinloch and Raj P. Mohan (eds) Genocide: Approaches, Case Studies, and Responses, Algora Publishing, 2005.
·       John Docker, The Origins of Violence: Religion, History and Genocide, Pluto Press 2008.
 ·       Robert Gellately and Ben Kiernan (eds.), The Specter of Genocide: Mass Murder in Historical Perspective, Cambridge University Press, 2003.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

·     Adam LeBor, “Complicity with Evil”: The United Nations in the Age of Modern Genocide, Yale University Press, 2006.
·       Alan S. Rosenbaum (ed) Is the Holocaust Unique? Perspectives on Comparative Genocide (Third Edition), Westview, 2008.
·       Dinah L. Shelton (ed) Encyclopedia of Genocide and Crimes Against Humanity, Vol. 1-3, MacMillan Library Reference, 2004.
·       Donald Bloxham, Genocide on Trial: War Crimes Trials and the Formation of Holocaust History and Memory, Oxford University Press, 2001.
·       Donald Bloxham, The Great Game of Genocide: Imperialism, Natinalism, and the Destruction of the Ottoman Armenians, Oxford University Press, 2005.
·       Donald G. Dutton, The Psychology of Genocide, Massacres, and Extreme Violence: Why “Normal” People Come to Commit Atrocities, Praeger Security International, 2007.
·       Helmut Dubiel and Gabriel Motzkin (ed.), The Lesser Evil: Moral Approaches to Genocide Practices, Routledge, 2004.
·       Howard ball, Genocide: A Reference Handbook, ABC-Clio, 2011.
·       Jay Winter (ed), America and the Armenian Genocide of 1915, Cambridge University Press, 2003.
·       John Laband (ed.), Daily Lives of Civilians in Wartime Africa: From Slavery Days to Rwandan Genocide, Greenwood Press, 2007.
·       The Great Irish Famine Reader, Prepared by the Irish Famine Curriculum Committee, 1998.
·       Tom Fawthrop and Helen Jarvis, Getting Away with Genocide: Elusive Justice and the Khmer Rouge Tribunal, Pluto Press, 2004.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Assignment 1

Assignment 2

Total

20

20

40

 

Mid Semester Examination

Submission

Presentation

Total

30

20

50

 

End Semester Examination

Submission

Presentation

Total

30

20

50

 

 

 

BMED291A - INTER-CULTURAL COMMUNICATION (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The aim of the course is to offer students the opportunity to understand, explore and appreciate the nature of human diversity and globalization by providing a direct international experience in a virtual collaborative learning environment with students.

Course Outcome

·         Identify and explain basic theories of human interaction within multi-cultural environments.

·         Apply basic principles of communication within various cultural settings.

·         Identify and explain the specific culturally oriented communication needs of a variety of marginal or sub-cultural groups

·         Apply principles of human communication in cross-cultural settings.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction
 

Definitions and a basic understanding of the cross-culture communication, Differences between cross culture and intercultural communication. Dimensions & Models for Cultural Analysis- Popular models of cross cultural communication.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Context, Culture and Identity
 

Context, Situation & Action Chains- Culture, Technology, workforce and environment, Countering oppression through inclusion. Culture & Identity - Educational attainment, Geographical locations, ethnicity.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Global Identity
 

Intercultural Relations & Globalization (Case Study Work).Global Identity: Communicating with a Cross-Cultural Audience.Reading: Cross-cultural conflict by Kevin Avruch (UNESCO EOLSS (Encyclopedia of life support systems) - Sample Chapter

Text Books And Reference Books:

William B. Gudykunst and Carmen M. Lee. 2003,  “Introduction to Cross-Cultural Communication”- Sage Pubications.

Patel, F  et all. (2011). Intercultural Communication: Building a global community. Sage, India

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Cross-Cultural Communication Theories-Gerry Philipsen

Adorno, Theodor W. and Horkheimer, Max. 1972. “The Culture Industry: Enlightenment as Mass Deception”. Dialectic of Enlightenment (trans. John Cumming). New York: Herder and Herder, 120-167

Evaluation Pattern

Testing Pattern:

CIA 1: Submission 20 marks

Mid Semester exam:  Submission 25 marks

CIA 3: Submission 20 marks

 

 

BMED291B - AUDIO CONSUMPTION IN EVERYDAY LIFE (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:03

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Acoustic Phonetics is a study of understanding sound and its importance in mass media. This course is audio‐visual friendly, and requires an active engagement with listening and viewing materials. Each session will feature analyzing and listening and understating sounds and its importance.

 

 

Course Objectives:

  • How sound & listening can serve as foundational elements for studying society

  • How sound & listening habits are present in our daily (urban) lives, and what are the implications of this fact

  • How we can use everyday sounds to reflect on the present and conceive alternative futures

Course Outcome

  • To understand the importance of sound

  • To examine different aspects of sounds and emotions.

  • To analyze the importance of sounds in mass media.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to Sound
 
  • Importance of sound, introduction to studying sound

  • Understand the concept of sound

  • Importance of using sound as an effective medium

  • Sound and its impact.  

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Importance of Sound in Mass Media
 
  • Usage of sounds in mass media

  • Radio (music, silence, BGM, signature tunes etc)

  • Television, Films (BGM/BGS, Soundtracks, music etc.)

  • How to use sounds to aid visuals

  • Techniques of using sound to get the audience’s attention .

  • Folk Media and Theater (Puppetry, Street plays, Dance, Mime etc.)

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Understanding Sound (Practical Component)
 
  • Recording Sounds, analyzing sounds, creating visuals with usage of sounds (Silent Films)

  • Podcasts

  • Radio Jingles

  • Promos

Text Books And Reference Books:
  • Adorno, Theodor W. and Horkheimer, Max. 1972. “The Culture Industry: Enlightenment as Mass Deception”. Dialectic of Enlightenment (trans. John Cumming). New York: Herder and Herder, 120-167

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  • Theodor W. Adorno.2002. “On Popular Music”. Essays on Music (transl. Susan H. Gillespie) Berkeley, Los Angeles, London: California University Press, 437-468

  • The Auditory Culture Reader (eds. Michael Bull and Les Back). 2006. Oxford and New York: Berg. Sterne, Jonathan. 2003. The Audible Past: Cultural Origins of Sound Reproduction. Durham and London: Duke University Press.

Evaluation Pattern

Testing Pattern:

CIA 1: Submissions for 20 marks

Mid Semester Submission: 25 marks

CIA 3: Submissions 20 marks

End Semester Submission: Submission for 30 marks

BPOL291A - POLITICS IN INDIA (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

India is the largest democracy of the world and its diverse society, vast geographical expanse and different cultural-social values make it an extremely complex political system. How does politics in a country like this operate? What are the historical influences and their impact on the modern democratic institutions of India? How has modern India managed to accommodate or shed off its centuries old traditional values in the clash between tradition and modernity? How have modern democratic institutions in India evolved, what are the pressures working upon them and how have these institutions performed till now? How does developmental state in India device and run welfare policies, maintain legitimacy and respond to crisis? The present course will give the students a basic understanding of all these aspects so that they can make sense of the ways in which democracy and political system operates in the country.

Course Objectives

The objectives of offering this course are:

 To introduce students to the political processes, fault lines and institutions in India

 To make them understand the relationships between these processes and institutions

 To acquaint them with the dominant debates and pressing issues lying before Indian political system

Course Outcome

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, a student should be able to:

 Understand the fundamental aspects of Indian Political System

 Enrich the understanding of politics in India through study of its strengths and fault lines

 Understand how democracy and democratic institutions function and are challenged in India

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Introduction and Background
 

Colonial State and Economy

Development of India’s Constitution

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Institutions and Structures
 

The Indian Parliament

The Judicial System of India

Union and State Executive, Office of the Governor and Bureaucracy

Federalism

Party System in India

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
The Processes and Fault lines
 

Elections in India

Movements in India

Communalism and Secularism

Caste and Reservations

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Policies and Problems
 

Public Policy

Foreign Policy

Regionalism and Terrorism

Text Books And Reference Books:

Chatterjee, Partha (ed.), 1997. State and Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Jayal, Niraja Gopal and Mehta, Pratap Bhanu (eds.), 2019. Politics in India, New Delhi: OUP.

Roy, Himanshu and Singh, Mahendra Prasad (eds.), 2018. Indian Political System, New Delhi: Pearson.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Bhargava, Ashutosh and Acharya, Ashok (eds.), 2017. Poltical Theory: An Introduction, New Delhi: Pearson

Austin, Granville, 2014. The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 - 20 marks

Mid sem - 25 marks

CIA 2 - 20 marks

End sem - 30 marks

Attendance - 5 marks

BPOL291B - STATE AND TERRORISM (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This course covers conceptual understanding of evolution, kinds, roots and causes of terrorism.  The course will also acquaint the student about the human rights related issues on counter terrorism activities carried out by the state. The students will be asked prepare and debate on pertinent issues regarding the role of state in terrorism. In addition to that the course will also acquaint the student about the issues in modern terrorism. Upon completion, the student will have a basic understanding of terrorism.

 

Course Objectives

To introduce students to

a)      Define the term of terrorism.

b)      Understand the causes of terrorism.

c)      Define the term counterterrorism and its various strategies.

d)     Acquaint with the debates on terrorism.

e)      Explain the issues in Modern Terrorism

Course Outcome

At the completion of this course, the student will be able to know the

a)      the different perspective of terrorism
b)      roots and kinds of terrorism
c)      role of the state in countering terrorism
d)     current debates and trends in terrorism

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction
 

What Is Terrorism—Debates on Definition

Evolution of Terrorism

Kinds of terrorism

Root causes of terrorism

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
State and Terrorism
 

Counter Terrorism

Various strategies to counter terrorism,

Human Rights and Counter-Terrorism

Role of state in creating and countering terrorism

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:12
Debates on Terrorism
 

Is one person's terrorist another person's freedom fighter?

What causes terrorism and terrorists?

Prevention and preparedness

The legal framework governing counter-terrorism efforts

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:13
Issues in Modern Terrorism
 

(1)               Terrorism and the Media

(2)                Responding to the Tragedy of  13 Dec 2001- the attack on Indian Parliament

Text Books And Reference Books:

·         Wilkinson, P. (1977). Terrorism and the liberal state. Halsted.

·         Wilkinson, P. (2006). Terrorism versus democracy: The liberal state response. Routledge.

·         Griset, P. L., Mahan, S., & Griset, P. L. (2003). Terrorism in perspective. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.

·         Crenshaw, M. (1981). The causes of terrorism. Comparative politics13(4), 379-399.

·         Primoratz, I. (2004). State terrorism and counter-terrorism. In Terrorism (pp. 113-127). Palgrave Macmillan, London.

·         Bjørgo, T. (Ed.). (2004). Root Causes of Terrorism: Myths, reality and ways forward. Routledge.

·        

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 Laqueur, W. (1986). Reflections on terrorism. Foreign Aff.65, 86.

·         Miller, A. H. (Ed.). (1982). Terrorism, the Media and the Law(p. 58). Dobbs Ferry, NY: Transnational Publishers.

Evaluation Pattern

 

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Assignment

Presentation

Test

Mid Semester

20

10

10

25

 

Mid SemesterExamination

Section A

Section B

Total

2X15=30

2X10=20

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Total

2X10=20

2X15=30

50

BPSY291A - APPRECIATING AESTHETICS (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course aims at exploring the phenomenon of aesthetics from a multidisciplinary perspective. Further, it helps the students to get exposed to the multidisciplinary approach of understanding realities. At the end of the course, students will be able to:

1.      Understand the philosophy behind aesthetics

2.      Understand the human perception of aesthetics

3.      Appreciate morality and aesthetic judgements

4.      Take cognizance of the influence of technology on aesthetics

 

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, students will display:

1.      Knowledge about the philosophy behind human aesthetics

2.      Appreciation for aesthetics from multiple perspectives

3.      Ability to create aesthetically appealing products

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Aesthetica
 

Origin of modern aesthetics; philosophy behind Aesthetics

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:20
Aesthetic Mind
 

Psychology of Aesthetics; morality; aesthetic judgements; appreciation of environment

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Functional Aesthetics
 

Globalization and Technological influence on Aesthetics; digital interface; military; fashion; culture; art and architecture

Text Books And Reference Books:

Carlson, A. (2002). Aesthetics and the environment: The appreciation of nature, art and architecture. Psychology Press.

Schellekens, E., & Goldie, P. (Eds.). (2011). The aesthetic mind: Philosophy and psychology.

           Oxford University Press.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Kivy, P. (Ed.). (2009). The Blackwell guide to aesthetics. John Wiley & Sons.        

Hughes, F. (2009). Kant's' Critique of Aesthetic Judgement': A Reader's Guide. Bloomsbury Publishing.

Evaluation Pattern

Reflective Assignment

Creative Design

Mid semester

25

25

50

 

Mid Semester Test (Written)

Section A

(Short Note)

Section B

(Essay)

Total

4 x 5 = 20

2 x 15 = 30

50

BPSY291B - HUMAN ENGINEERING AND ERGONOMICS (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This course will cover topics related to human engineering and ergonomics more from a psychological perspective. Students will get to learn cognitive, social, organizational and safety aspects of the result of man-machine interaction. This course provides an overview of the systems design and strategies for effective understanding of man-machine interface.

 

Course Objectives 

 

  1. To understand resultant factors of man-machine interaction
  2. Cognize with pertinent factors related to increasing the efficiency of people in their working environment 
  3. Develop the competency of theoretical understanding for human engineering and ergonomics

Course Outcome

After the completion of the course, students will be able to:

 

  1. Have an understanding of how man-machine interaction is an important aspect to work upon for increasing the efficiency of the people
  2. Develop the understanding of the factors which are important for making an optimum working space and conditions
  3. Have a proper theoretical knowledge of human engineering and ergonomics as a field

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to Human Engineering and Ergonomics
 

Introduction to human engineering and ergonomics; Human factors engineering and systems design; Sensation and perception;

Cross-cultural design; Mental workload and situation awareness.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Job, Equipment, Workplace and Environmental Design
 

Task design and motivation; Job and team design; Workplace design;

Sound and noise; Illumination.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Design for Health, Safety and Comfort
 

Health and safety management: Organization and public spaces; Warnings and hazard communications;

Design for people with functional limitations; Design for aging.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Salvendy, G. (Ed.). (2012). Handbook of Human Factors and Ergonomics(4th ed.). New Jersey, USA: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

 

Helander, M. (2006). A Guide to Human Factors and Ergonomics. USA: Taylor & Francis.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Hancock, Peter. A. (Ed.). (1999). Human Performance and Ergonomics (2nded.). San Diego, California: Academic Press.

 

Lee, J. D., Wickens, C. D., Liu, Y. & Boyle, L. N. (2017).Designing for People:An Introduction to Human Factors Engineering.Charleston, South California: CreateSpace.

 

Guastello, S. J. (2014). Human Factors Engineering and Ergonomics. Boca Raton, Florida: CRC Press.

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Pattern

CIA (Weight)

100 %

 

CIA Evaluation pattern

Theory Based Assignment

Mid Semester Test

Case Study/Exhibition/ Activity/Field work

Total

30

40

30

100

 

Mid Semester Test (Written)

Section A

(Definition)

Section B

(Short note)

Section C

(Essay)

Total

5×2=10

4×5=20

1×10=10

40

SDEN211 - EXPRESSIVE SKILLS (2020 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course is designed in tangent with the course provided in the first semester which focuses on data and critical thinking skills. Picking up from there, this course will focus on the practical usage of language for everyday communication. It also focuses on providing the learners with an awareness of their learning styles and strategies which will enable them to manage their learning more efficiently and effectively.

 

Course Objectives

The course is designed to:

  1. Enhance language and extra-linguistic skills

  2. Develop an understanding of various learning styles and strategies

  3. Nurture best learning and comprehension practices

Course Outcome

At the completion of the course, the students would be able to:

  1. Apply the learning from this course in both verbal and written communication

  2. Apply various learning styles and strategies related to the context

  3. Display the learning acquired in the sessions in both personal and professional domain

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
?Write Right!?
 

This module will introduce students to the basics of written communication. While the module will not aim at teaching to write better, but instead facilitate students to work on aspects that will help clarify their written communication better. Exercises to work on these skills will be introduced to students. Role of persuasive narrative techniques would be introduced to students here. Writing for various academic and non-academic purposes would be addressed here specific to Humanities and Social Sciences.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
?Pitch perfect: The Semiotics of the Body?: Body Language (Kinesthesis, Gestures, Etiquettes)
 

The module is designed to highlight the role of body language in effective communication. The module will aid students in understanding the nuances of non-verbal communication. Focus areas will include right posture, gestures, eye contact, and facial expressions. Exploring these areas will help both the speaker and the audience gauge one another in terms of the transmission of messages. Since, communication involves both encoding and decoding, this module seeks to ensure that the gap between verbal and non-verbal cues are effectively bridged.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
"Friends, Romans, Countrymen: Lend me your ears"- Active Listening
 

This module will introduce students the significance of Active Listening as a basic competency in a social sciences classroom space. The module will impress upon students the nature of the disciplines that necessitates the importance of active listening. Listening provides frames of references that are important for one’s incremental knowledge. Importance of questioning and observing other members in environments that require us to respect and consider other people’s views in sharing knowledge. Songs, Film clips etc can be used as sources for exercises.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
?Academic DIYs? (4 hrs) Self-Learning
 

This module is designed to trigger academic curiosity amongst students. The module will encourage students in cultivating a sense of self- reflective assessment and continual inquiry. Certain areas that would be covered include group-learning, peer-evaluation, and constructive problem-solving. Importance on taking ownership of one’s learning will also be emphasised.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
"Impact and Not Impose": Being Assertive
 

As a communication style, assertiveness is central to students in the business of communication. Assertiveness vis-a-vis aggression and passivity as communication styles will be introduced to students. The module will also help students debunk myths about assertiveness including contexts and situations when assertiveness can be acceptable and is considered unacceptable and also look at the modes of expressing assertiveness.

Text Books And Reference Books:

---

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

---

Evaluation Pattern

General Evaluation Pattern: Unit-Wise Continuous Evaluation

The evaluation will be based on the assessments formulated by the PTC student-instructors who facilitate each unit in the class. A continuous evaluation pattern will be followed whereby after the completion of each unit, an assignment will follow. The assessment will be done based on predefined rubrics and the score sheet needs to be tabulated. The cumulative score sheet is to be prepared at the end of the semester and the final Skill Development Score is to be computed.

BENG331 - READING AND WRITING THE CHILD: THEORY AND PRACTICE OF CHILDREN S LITERATURE (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

Literature and other narratives for children and the embedded child in and outside of them are the most contested and ideological entities within Literary and Cultural Studies in the world today. Knowing the child and writing for the child are two ideological quagmires writers of children’s narratives have to negotiate or choose to ignore. This course will look at how children’s narratives is constituted within Literary and Cultural Studies and the history and development of children’s literatures and narratives in India. It will look into the politics of meaning production, distribution and dissemination within and without children’s narratives and the role it plays within academics in India, the research and job prospects within children’s publishing and writing.   

Course Objectives

This course will engage the students in

       The politics of production, distribution and dissemination of ideologies within and without children’s narratives

       Tracing a history of the origin and development of children’s literature in India

       Recognizing the politics involved in publishing and writing for children

       Understanding the theoretical and academic debates that surround children’s literature studies

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, students would be able to:

       Develop research questions and debates around theorizing about children and children’s literature

       Evaluate contradictory and aberrant readings within children’s narratives

       Examine and evaluate the politics of visuality embedded in narratives for children 

       Negotiate with the politics of production, distribution and dissemination through a nuanced engagement with theory and practice

       Develop narratives for children and engage children with them to understand the nexus or problematics of theory vs practice  

       Recognise the differential learning and meaning making possibilities among children based on linguistic, cultural, educational and other intersections

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:20
What is Children?s Literature?
 

This unit will introduce children to the definitions of children’s literature or narratives and the problematics of such definitions. It will look into academic theorizations that surround the area of children’s literatures/narratives and the ideological underpinnings of these narratives and theorizations.

·         Definitions of Children’s Literature

·         Academic Practices within Children’s Literature/Narrative Studies

·         The Politics of Children’s Literatures / Narratives

Essential Reading

·         Karin Lesnik-Oberstein: “Defining Children’s Literature and Childhood”

·         Perry Nodelman:”Illustration and Picture Books”

·         Charles Sarland: “The Impossibility of Innocence: Ideology, Politics and Children’s Literature”

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:25
Children?s Literature in English in India
 

This unit deals with the variety of children’s narratives available in India and the manner of their dissemination. It engages with the extensive array of narratives and genres available in English for children and the politics that permeate these narratives.  

·         Picture Books                                                                                                                      

·         Magazines

·         Educational Books

·         Rhymes and Poetry

·         Animal Stories

·         Originals and Bowdlerizations

·         Television Narratives: Animes and Cartoons

Essential Reading

·         Navin Menon: “Children’s Literature in India: The Changing Trends”

·         Renu Abraham: “Children’s Magazines in English in India”

·         Any one Amar Chitra Katha

·         Any one Champak / Champak

·         Any one episode of Chota Bheem

·         Canato Jimo: Snip

·         Tejaswini Apte-Rahm and Sujatha Padmanabhan: The Poop Book

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
Writing and Illustrating for Children
 

This module will deal with the do’s and don’ts of writing or illustrating for for children or rather what is constituted as good and bad for children. It will look into the politics and problematics of who determines these factors and how they are factored within children’s narratives.

·         Who Writes and How?

·         The ABCDs of Writing and Illustrations for Children: Dos ad Don’ts

·         The Politics of Illustrations

Essential Reading

·         Radhika Menon: “Are There Taboos in Children’s Literature?”

  • Mahashweta Devi: “Our Incredible Cow
Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Publishing for Children
 

This section will look into the politics of production and dissemination of narratives for children, the politics of publishing within India and the publishing houses and the manner of their operations.

·         Children’s Publishing

·         Children’s Publishing in India: The Politics and Practice

Essential Reading

·         Manasi Subramaniam: “Children’s Book Publishing in India”

·         Radhika Menon: LGBTQ Stories

·         Soumya Rajendran: Size Zero, Big Zero

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:15
Theory to Practice and Practice to Theory
 

and also within academia. It will look into aspects of writing and publishing for children in real life. The end semester submission can also be a publication of a story for children in children’s magazines.

·         Theorizing Children’s Literature

·         Practices of Reading and Writing for Children

Essential Reading

·         Tony Watkins: “History, Culture and Children’s Literature”

·         Robyn McCallum: “Metafictions and Experimental Work”

·         Brandon Sanderson: The Alcatraz series

Text Books And Reference Books:

Hunt, Peter. Ed. International Companion Encyclopedia of Children’s Literature. Routledge, 1996. Print.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Hunt, Peter. Ed. Understanding Children’s Literature. Routledge, 1999. Print.

McCulloch, Fiona. Children’s Literature in Context. Continuum, 2011.  Print.

Nikolajeva, Maria. Aspects and Issues in the History of Children’s Literature. Greenwood Books, 1995. Print.

Lerer, Seth. Children’s Literature: A History from Aesop to Harry Potter. U of Chicago Press, 2008. Print.

Khorana, Meena. “The Indian Sub-continent in Literature for Children and Young Adults”. Np.

Nodelman, Perry. The Hidden Adult: Defining Children’s Literature. The John Hopkins University Press,  2008.  Print.

Tunnell, Michael O, James S. Jacobs, Terrel A Young and Gregory Bryan. Children’s Litertaure: Briefly. Pearson,  2012. Print.

Grenby, M O and Kimberley Reynolds. Children’s Literature Studies: A Research Handbook. Palgrave Macmillan, 2011. Print.

Cadden, Mike. Ed. Telling Children’s Stories: Narrative Theory and Children’s Literature. University of Nebraska Press, 2010.  Print.

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern for all Assessments:

CIA I and II Combined

CIA III and ESE combined

 

Assessments

Marks

CIA I and II

45

CIA III and ESE

50

Attendance

5

Total

100

 

Total: 100 marks

(Assessments 95  + Attendance 5 = 100)

 

BENG332 - LITERARY CRITICISM AND THEORY (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This course will serve as an introduction to classical approaches to reading literature and art in general. The course will help student gain the foundational knowledge required to understand basic concepts in Philosophy and Critical Theory. The course is organised around specific philosophers and concepts. Although selective, the course focuses on the most influential and important thinkers preceding the advent of Critical Theory

 

Course Objectives

·         understanding of the aims of literary criticism

·         knowledge of key forms and terminology of literary criticism

·         ability to read the writings of literary scholars and critics with understanding and judicious appreciation

·         to provide knowledge about the historical backgrounds of thinkers and their texts

·         develop critical and cognitive skills through a close engagement with the concepts

Course Outcome

At the end of this course, students will be able to

·         Locate philosophers and their texts in contexts;

·         Trace the development of ideas, its intermingling and sustenance from time to time across centuries from Plato upto Claude Levi-Strauss and Elaine Showalter

·         Define and apply the conceptual categories in the literary and cultural context

·         Deploy ideas from literary criticism and theory and critically engage with literary and cultural texts in their own readings of texts across various courses, and across life.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Ancient Greek Criticism, and the Early Modern Europe
 

·         Plato

·         Aristotle

·         Sir Philip Sidney

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:5
Neoclassical Criticism and the Enlightenment
 

·         John Dryden and Samuel Johnson

·         John Locke and Mary  Wollstonecraft

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
The Romantics
 

 

·         William Wordsworth

·         Samuel Taylor Coleridge

·         Ralph Waldo Emerson

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
New Criticism and Modernism
 

·         T. S. Eliot

·         I A  Richards

·         William Wimsatt

·         F. R. Leavis

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:12
Structuralism
 

·         What is Structuralism?

·         The Project of the Structuralists.

Key Ideas/Theorists: Ferdinand de Saussure and Claude Levi-Strauss 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:12
Psychoanalysis
 

·         What is Psychoanalysis?

·         The Project of Psychoanalysis and its working in Literature.

·         Key Ideas/Theorists: Sigmund Freud and C G Jung

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:12
Feminism
 

·         What is Feminism?

·         Feminist Literary Theory

·         Key Ideas/Theorists: Virginia Woolf, Elaine Showalter.

Unit-8
Teaching Hours:12
Marxism
 

·         What is Marxism?

·         Key Ideas/Theorists: Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels

Text Books And Reference Books:

Habib, M.A.R., ed. A History of Literary Criticism and Theory: From Plato to the Present. Blackwell, 2008.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Abrams, M.H. A Glossary of Literary Terms. 8th ed. Wardworth, 2005.

Ahmed, Aijaz. In Theory: Classes, Nations, Literatures. Rpt. OUP, 2006.

Culler, Jonathan. The Pursuit of Signs: Semiotics, literature, deconstruction. Routledge, 2001.

Devy, G.N., ed. Indian Literary Criticism: Theory and Interpretation. Rpt. Orient Longman, 2007.

Eagleton, Terry. Literary Theory: An Introduction. 2nd ed. Blackwell, 2008

---. The Function of Criticism. Verso, 2005.

Gurrin, Wilfred L, et al. A Handbook of Critical Approaches to Literature. 5th ed.     OUP, 2005.

Habib, M.A.R., ed. A History of Literary Criticism and Theory: From Plato to the Present. Blackwell, 2008.

John, Eileen, and Dominic McIver Lopes, eds. Philosophy of Literature: Contemporary and Classic Readings. Blackwell, 2004.

John, Eileen, and Dominic McIver Lopes. Philosophy of Literature: Contemporary and Classic Readings. Blackwell, 2004.

Kapoor, Kapil. Literary Theory: Indian Conceptual Framework. Affiliated East-West Press, 1998.

Klages, Mary. Literary Theory: A Guide for the Perplexed. Continuum, 2006

Leitch, Vincent B., ed. The Norton Anthology of Theory and Criticism. Norton, 2001.

Rice, Philip, and Patricia Waugh. Modern Literary Theory. 4th ed. Hodder Arnold, 2001

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG333 - INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

The traditional rules of the language are both problematic and on many fronts are inadequate to explain a lot of gaps. To fill this gap, in many of the European schools, the languages are taught linguistically. Linguistic is the branch of knowledge which studies the structure of the language in a very systematic way. It is also defined as ‘the scientific study of the language’. Linguists (those who study linguistics) have devised various methodologies which can be used to study the language not as a set of rules of the system rather the rules which unravel the human cognition. So, the approach is more towards why rather than what and how? 

This introductory course in linguistics engages with the broader or universal structure of the language. This course intends to provide a background in linguistics to the students who are interested in studying the structure of language in particular and cognition in general. The students will be taught the basic tools of linguistics and how through ‘deconstruction’, we shall be able to construct the language. The students will have an exposure to linguistics with a diverse range of issues related to the production, reception, comprehension and further language playing the componential role in thought processing.    

 

Course Objectives

·         To expose students to a research enterprise which seeks to discover the underlying structure of the language and cognition (students who are interested in academic)

·         To offer a skill and working knowledge in linguistics for students wishing to have a career in language data in Google, Amazon, facebook, etc. Or, to work as a speech trainer, educator, etc.  

·         To provide tools from modern and traditional linguistics regarding the handling of the linguistic data  

·         To introduce a new area of research and scholarship to the students that has potential of job creation both on the national and international level.

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, the students will be able to

·         Demonstrate an understanding of the scientific structuring of the language 

·         Will be able to understand why the language are the way they are 

·         Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts, theories, and methodologies used in the discipline to module the rules of the language 

·         Acquire the technical vocabulary and theoretical tools of the field necessary to read and produce the scientific research 

·         To make the students learn the basics of phonology, morphology and syntax, particularly of English but the methodologies and techniques can be used to handle the structure of any language. 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Language and Linguistics
 

Introductory section on the understanding of the language particularly the semiotics and language ideologies. 

Semiotics studies the construction of meaning through signs and symbols. Learners will get to know the system behind meaning construction in the language. This unit will also explore how the study of language is scientific and follow a very systematic pattern. Along with the conceptual underpinning of meaning formation, this section will also explore the prevent language ideologies; language ideologies are primarily based on beliefs or feelings about the language. It will explore both the construction of ideologies and the underlying reasons for such beliefs.  

·         Scientific study of the language: language as a system, the study of language as science, structuralist and neurologist/biologist perspective  

·         Semiotics system: Arbitrary vs. Motivated meaning, Sign, Signifier and Signified, the prototype theory, cartesian discourse, conceptual discourse, structural discourse 

·         Language and ideologies: a vaguely defined notion; however, in this course, we shall be primarily engaging with language purism (prescriptive versus descriptive variety) and politics surrounding the right use of the language primarily in the case of English.

·         Theorizing language: We shall discuss some of the theoretical framework under which the languages is modeled; Abstraction of categories, lexicon, functional categories, etc.

·         Relevance and necessity of studying language

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Phonetics and Phonology
 

Phonology is the scientific study of sounds in a language. In phonology, the students will learn the physiological as well as physical properties of language. The section delves into the different segmental and supera-segmental features of possible human sounds. Students will be taught to read and understand the IPA (International Phonetic Association) symbols. The possibility of certain sound and its impossibility is both subject to the empirical validity as well as physiological possibility. The section tries to uphold the point that languages have a systematic rule pattern which allows certain combination of sounds and disallow the rest. There are various theories trying to explain the system in detail. Though, we shall not be able to deal with the number of theories in this course, a basic understanding of how the sound system works in a language will be provided.        

·         The production of speech: production of consonants and vowels 

·         Articulatory, Acoustic and Auditory Phonetics

·         Speech: Formation, organs of speech and airstream mechanism

·         Segments of sound: phones, phonemes and allophones

·         Phonological rules, distinctive features  

·         Supera-segmental feature: meaning beyond representation 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Morphology: Structure and Meaning
 

Morphology is the study of the internal structure of the word. As the name suggests, this section is devoted to study the forms of the words. Morphology has been one of the prominent areas of study in linguistics. The primary goal is to see the systematicity underlying the structure of the words. The goal is also to make the student see the surface forms and teach them to derive an abstract system which can cater a large surface data. The study of morphology has been central in the reconstruction of Indo-European (language family), particularly, when the structuralism was in the prime between 1940 and 1960. Various scholars like Bloomfield 1933, Harris 1942, 1946, 1951, Hockett 1952, 54, 58, Nida 1949 have worked extensively early in the field. Though there are many theories and models to be explored in morphology, in this course, we shall only be dealing with some of the basic and important understanding in the field. Following concepts will be discussed in detail   

·         What is word, lexeme, word forms?

·         Grammatical words vs. lexical words

·         Morpheme: the smallest unit of meaning. Morphemes, morphs and allomorphs

·         Tense and plural markers like /-ed/, and /-es/ and its distribution 

·         Types of morpheme 

·         Inflectional and derivational

·         Word-formation process and productivity  

·         Compounding

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Phonology and the linguistic identity (Politics of language)
 

establish the relationship between the use of language such as lexical items, accent, stress, use of super segmental features, etc. and the representation of class and caste.

·         Learning the foreign accent, and the problem

·         Biological and psychological hurdles

·         Language as an identifier (identity marker)

·         Language and Dialect; Standardization of a language

·         The politics of national and scheduled language

·         India and its linguistic boundaries

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:15
Productivity and Lexicon
 

In the continuation of the previous section, this unit is going to relate the structure of words with the human cognition. Particular attention will be given to Affixation that  is to understand the processes by which the new words come into existence. It is also a very productive way for languages to mark many grammatical and semantic information. In this unit, we shall try to analyse the affixes in terms of grammatical or semantics information it encodes in languages. 

·         Possible and actual words 

·         Measuring productivity: pragmatic and structural restriction  

·         Structure of lexicon

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:10
Affixation
 

Affixation is processing whereby the new words come into existence. It is also a very productive way for the languages to mark many grammatical and semantic information. In this unit, we shall try to analysis the affixes in terms of grammatical or semantics information it encodes in languages.

·         Properties of affixes in English

·         Morpho-syntactic distribution

·         Nominal

·         Verbal

·         Adjectival

·         Adverbial

·         Prefixes/infixes/circumfixes

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:10
Syntax: Science of Sentence Structure
 

Syntax is the study of the structure of sentences. In this unit, we shall try to explore the various concerns within the domain of syntax. We shall introduce the concepts and tools that can be used to approach to understand the structure of sentences.  

·         Introduction

·         Categories and features

·         Formal vs. notational differences 

·         Constituent structure  

·         The linear and hierarchical structure

·         Word classes and phrases

·         Clauses, sentences and clause formation 

·         Merge 

·         Theta theory 

·         Case theory 

·         Agreement and uninterpretable features

·         Movement  

Text Books And Reference Books:

All pescribed texts in the syllabus

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Baugh, Albert C., and Thomas Cable. A history of the English language. Routledge, 1993.

Carnie, Andrew. Syntax: A generative introduction. Vol. 16. John Wiley & Sons, 2012.

Chafe, Wallace L. "Meaning and the Structure of Language." (1970).

De Saussure, Ferdinand. Course in general linguistics. Columbia University Press, 2011.

Danesi, Marcel. Messages, signs, and meanings: A basic textbook in semiotics and communication. Vol. 1. Canadian Scholars’ Press, 2004.

Hannay, Mike, and Gerard J. Steen, eds. Structural-functional studies in English grammar. Vol. 83. John Benjamins Publishing, 2007.

Harley, Heidi. English words: A linguistic introduction. John Wiley & Sons, 2017.

McMahon, April. An introduction to English phonology. Edinburgh University Press, 2002.

McCarthy, Andrew Carstairs. An introduction to English morphology: words and their structure. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 2002.

Meyer, Charles F. Introducing English linguistics. Cambridge University Press, 2009.

 

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

 CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

 

BENG341EA - READING SOUTH ASIA THROUGH LITERATURE (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description 

The region in discussion is characterised by its immense heterogeneity- even within singular national identity - people of the region share commonalities in terms of  social, cultural, linguistic and religious practices across national boundaries. This complexity makes it difficult to understand the region through any singular factor, though the term ‘South - Asia’  and the discourses surrounding it has been a dominant representation. However to bring about coherent argument, the course foregrounds some of the major discourses through literary works from the region and attempts to make sense of the region through it. The course therefore attempts to make sense of the region through the literature that emerges out of these complexities and in the process understand how literatures narrativize and contest the narrativization of the space in discussion. 

 

Course Objectives

·         To introduce students to formation of South Asian Literatures as an area of study

·         To familiarize students with various works of  writers from India and it’s frontiers.

·         To introduce students to a variety of socio-political issues in the region. 

Course Outcome

Students would be able to:

·         Develop critical insights into the politics of the formulation of  South Asian Literature. 

·         Critically analyse thecomplexities of the region through the literature that emerges out of the region.

·         Apply the learning of the course to debate on contemporary socio-political and historical situations of the  region. 

·         Evaluate the relevance of the literature of the region to the larger global context. 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Colonial Discourses
 

The unit explores the idea/ideas of ‘South Asia’ through multiple narratives and in the process traces the emergence of ‘South Asia’ as terms used for the region in discussion. In doing so the unit attempts to highlight multiple arguments and counter arguments on the formulation of the term and deliberates on the possibility/impossibility of the existence of what could be understood as ‘South-Asianism’

 

·         Mohammad-Arif:  “Introduction: Imaginations and Constructions of South Asia: An Enchanting Abstraction”.  

·         Max Muller: Excerpts from India What Can It Teach Us 

·          Sunil Sharma: Excerpts from Amir Khusraw : The poet of Sufis and Sultan

·         Romila Thapar: Excerpts from Recognition of Shakuntala  (narrativization of ‘Bharata Varsha’)

·         Fred W Clothey:  Religion in India 

·         Kurt Behrendt: “Gandhara Buddhism” 

·         Braj B Kachru: “English as Asian Language” 

·         Yasmine Gooneratne: “This Language, this Woman”

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:25
Nation Formation and Fundamentalism
 

The unit attempts to trace the formation of multiple nations within this heterogeneous region and the resulting formulation and reformulation of nationalism. The unit while discussing nation formation also looks into the assertion of particular identities, violence and  trauma related to the assertion of identity by  particular ethnic/religious  groups as well as the memories of partition. 

 

·         Urvashi Butalia: Excerpts from The Other Side of violence. Also Could refer to the work ofBapsi Sidhwa:  Excerpts from Cracking India (Bangladesh)

·         Faiz Ahmed Faiz: Excerpts from The Dawn of Freedom, August 1947 ( Pakistan)

·         An Ilish Story by Khadelmul Islam (Bangladesh). 

·         Michael Ondaatje:  Anil’s Ghost.( Sri Lanka)

·         Anuk Arudpragasam: The Story of Brief Marriage ( Sri Lanka)

·         Surendra Lawoti: This Country is Yours (Nepal)

·         Manjushree Thapa: Select writings (Nepal)

·         Zalmay Babakohi: "The Idol's Dust" ( Afghanistan) 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:20
Stories from the Frontiers of India
 

The unit attempts to trace some of the works that emerge from the frontiers of India and the concerns and the discourse it produces. 

·         Agha Shahid Ali:  The Country Without a Post Office

·         Basharat Peer: Curfewed Night: A Frontline Memoir of Life, Love and War in Kashmir

·          First Hand : The graphic narratives from Assam

·         Temsula Ao: These Hills called Home: Stories from a War Zone. 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Hybrid-Identities and Cosmopolitan Experiences
 

One of the significant features of the region is the hybrid identities and the cosmopolitan experiences resulting from multiple socio-political and historical factors.  The literature born out of the experiences of interaction with multiple cultures and migration of different ethnic communities. Also, important to note here is that the South-Asian Literature is largely defined by the works of the diaspora from the region. 

 ·         Rohinton Mistry:“The Ghost of Firozsha Baag”, /Jhumpa Lahari’:“When Mr. Pirzada Came to Dine” 

·         Monica Ali: Brick Lane. 

·         Imtiaz Dharkar: “Minority”

Text Books And Reference Books:

All prescribed texts in the Units/Modules

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Anderson, Benedict, Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism, London and New York: Verso. 1983.

Ames, Roger T. (ed.) with Thomas P. Kasulis and Wimal Dissanayake. Self as Image in Asian Theory and Practice. South and Southeast Asian Literature in English. Alexander Street Press

Friedman, Susan Stanford. "Migrations, Diasporas, and Borders" in Introduction to Scholarship in Modern Languages and Literatures, 3rd ed., ed. David G. Nicholls (New York: Modern Language Association, 2007) 260-293.

Jain, Anupama. How to be a South Asian in America: Narratives of Ambivalence and Belonging (Philadelphia: Temple UP, 2011). Jain, Ravindra K. Nation, Diaspora, Trans-nation: Reflections from India (London: Routledge, 2011).

Naipaul, V.S. The Overcrowded Barracoon and Other Articles (London: Deutsch, 1972). 

Nasta, Susheila. Home Truths: Fictions about the South Asian Diaspora in Britain (Basingstoke: Palgrave, 2002).

Walkowitz, Rebecca. Cosmopolitan Style: Modernism beyond the Nation (New York: Columbia UP, 2006)

Links : http://afe.easia.columbia.edu/main_pop/kpct/ct_south.htm

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

 

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG342EA - AMERICAN LITERATURES-I (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

The course familiarizes students to the history of American Literature. Representative texts from each era will be analysed in detail to give the student a first-hand experience of the texts.

 

Course Objectives

·         To familiarise the beginnings of American literary and cultural context

·         To be aware of the political history and its influence on literatures of America

·         To familiarise students with some of most important thinkers of the period

Course Outcome

At the end of the course students would be able to:

·         Demonstrate in-depth knowledge about the various literary forms of American Literature studies within this period

·         Formulate critical and analytical arguments about the various sociopolitical contexts through the literary forms

·         Support interpretive claims about a variety of texts

·         Demonstrate both in thought and writing a knowledge of the history and culture of American literatures.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Literature of the New World: 1492-1620
 

·         Excerpts from Christopher Columbus

·         John Smith: “The New Land”

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:20
Literature of the Colonial America: 1620-1775
 

·         Benjamin Franklin: “Rules by which a Great Empire May be Reduced to a Small One”

·         Phyllis Wheatley: “To S.M. A Young African Painter, On Seeing His Works

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:20
Literature of the New Republic: 1776-1836
 

·         Mark Twain: Adventures of Huckleberry Finn

·         Thomas Jefferson: “The Declaration of Independence”

·         Thomas Paine: From The American Crisis

·         James Cooper: The Last of Mohicans

·         Sarah Wentworth Morton: “Stanzas to a Husband Recently United”

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:20
Literature of the American Renaissance: 1836-1865
 

(Any Five texts) 

·         Emerson: “On Self Reliance”

·         Henry Wadsworth Longfellow: “The Gleam of Sunshine”

·         Thoreau: From Walden “Where I Lived and What I Lived for”  

·         Edgar Allan Poe: “The Raven”

·         Harriet Beecher Stowe: Excerpts from Uncle Tom's Cabin, Chapters I, III, VII

·         Frederick Douglass: “What to the Slave is the Fourth of July”, extract from an oration at  

·         Rochester, July5,1855

·         Abraham Lincoln: The Gettysburg Address

·         Walt Whitman: “Oh Captain, My Captain”

·         Emily Dickinson: “This World is not Conclusion”

·         Nathaniel Hawthorne: “Young Goodman Brown”

·         Kate Chopin: “Desiree’s Baby”

·         O. Henry: Any selected short story

Text Books And Reference Books:

All prescribed texts in the units/modules 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Abel, Darrel, ed. American Literature: Literature of the Atlantic Culture, Vol 2.Barron's

Educational Series Inc, 1963.

Baym, Nina. The Norton Anthology of American Literature, Vol A, B, C, D.Norton and Company, 2012.

Graham, Maryemma and Jerry Washington Ward, Jr. The Cambridge History of African American Literature. CUP, 2011.

Spiller, Ernest,  Willard Thorp, Thomas Herbert Johnson, Henry Seidel Canby. Eds. Literary

History of the United States. Macmillan, 1974.

McQuade, Donald, Robert Atwan, Martha Banta.Eds. The Harper Single Volume American Literature. Longman, 1999.


 

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

 

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG343EA - NARRATIVES OF MOBILITY (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This course will introduce students to an important trope in literary studies: mobility. Mobilities of several kinds have characterised human lives and have been framed in literary works. Their cultural significance through literary interventions would be the object of study here. Mobility of people and objects would be considered for study here. The intersection of these mobilities across other vectors like labour, trade, cultural syncretism alongside questions of form would be central to this course. The course is introductory and hence leads students to specific directions in understanding mobility.

 

Course Objectives

The course aims to:

·         Introduce students to the concept of mobility as central to literature

·         Help students recognise the importance of locating mobility through literary representations across contexts and cultures.

·         Provide a range of texts and contexts to work with mobility as a layered, complex context, and relative concept to cultures.

Course Outcome

The course aims to:

·         Introduce students to the concept of mobility as central to literature

·         Help students recognise the importance of locating mobility through literary representations across contexts and cultures.

·         Provide a range of texts and contexts to work with mobility as a layered, complex context, and relative concept to cultures.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introducing Mobility
 

This unit will introduce the nature and dimensions of mobility and its culture. Demographic mobility, Commodity mobility, contexts of mobility -- survey of trade, colonialism -- cotton, sugar, opium, tea would be discussed here.

 

·         Arjun Appadurai: from Modernity at Large

·         William Safran: “Diasporas in Modern Societies: Myths of Homeland and Return”

·         Amitav Ghosh: “Of Fanas and Forecastles: Lost Languages of the Sail”

·         Readings about the Transatlantic Slave Trade

·         Philip Curtin: Selections from Rise and Fall of Plantation Crops

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Colonization
 

This unit introduces students to how colonization has inevitably contributed to the largest mobility of people and places. A selection of this experience is put together here to understand some of those contexts

·         Jamaica Kincaid: “On Seeing England for the First Time”

·         Virgina Woolf: “Kew Gardens”

·         Gayathri Bahadur: Coolie Woman

·         Santanu Das: “Their Lives have Become our Lives” from India,Empire and First World War Culture

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Contamination
 

With mobility, contamination becomes central to our understanding of cultural mobility. Disease and caste very specifically have been framed here to locate the nature of mobility through these lenses.

·         Benjamin Kingsbury: “The Epidemic” from An Imperial Disaster

·         PerumalMurugan: The Pyre / Imayam:Pethavan

·         Gopal Guru and SundarSarukkai: “Phenomenology and Archaeology of Untouchability”

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Exile
 

In the context of mobility, exile also functions as a central idea and this will be briefly explored through the following texts. They cover questions of exile from the point of view of race and citizenship.

·         Franz Kafka: The Trial

·         Mohsin Hamid: Exit, West

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Migration/ Immigration/Emigration/Translation
 

·         From Sepoy to Subedar: Being the Life andAadventures of SubedarSita Ram, a Native Officer of the Bengal Army Written and Related by Himself

·         Amitav Ghosh:  Gun Island

Mobility of Tales:

·         Folktales and Mobility - A K Ramanujan:  “Indian Oedipus”

·         Meenakshi Mukherjee: “The Practice and Politics of Literary Translation” from Muse India

Text Books And Reference Books:

All prescribed texts in units / modules 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Cohen, Robin. “Global Diasporas: An Introduction.” Global Diasporas: An Introduction, Second Edition, Routledge, 2008, Print.

Das, Santanu. “Indian Sepoy Experience in Europe, 1914-18: Archive, Language, and Feeling.” Twentieth Century British History, vol. 25, no. 3, 2014, pp. 391–417.

Kumar, Deepak. “Botanical Explorations and the East India Company: Revisiting ‘Plant Colonialism.’” The East India Company and the Natural World: Palgrave Studies in World Environmental History, edited by Vinita Damodaran and Anna Winterbottom, Palgrave Macmillan, 2015, pp. 16–34.

Mishra, Vijay. The Literature of the Indian Diaspora: Theorizing the Diasporic Imaginary. Routledge, 2007.

Pearce, Lynne. Mobility, Memory and the Life Course in Twentieth-Century Literature and Culture. Palgrave, 2019.

Safran, William. “Diasporas in Modern Societies: Myths of Homeland and Return.” Diaspora: A Journal of Transnational Studies, vol. 1, no. 1, 1991, pp. 83–99.

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

 

 CIA 1 (20 marks):

Any assignment that would enable students to understand the idea of a ‘mobility and literature’ and that enables them to engage with it in a politically engaging manner.

 

CIA 2 (MSE):  Written Exam for 50 marks

 

CIA 3: Library work submission and a creative assignment that would enable students to produce and interpret a text (20 marks)

 

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG344EA - SOCIOLINGUISTICS (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

The course investigates the interactions between language and society. This course brings the sociolinguistic issues, including the relationship between linguistic variation and social factors like identity, class and power, the development of pidgins and creoles, code choices in bi-dialectal and bilingual communities, and language change. Students will also draw connections with research methods and approaches to data analysis used in other areas of linguistics, and examine attitudes toward language and culture and their social and political consequences. The course emphasizes the insights into the use of language in society provided by a generative linguistics approach to natural language.

 

Course Objectives

By the end of this course, students should successfully be able to:

       Apply sociolinguistics terminology and concepts to research and real-world examples

       Identify major researchers and studies in sociolinguistics

       Analyze the effects of attitudes toward language use in everyday interactions

Course Outcome

By the end of this course, students should successfully be able to:

       read, critically analyse and understand sociolinguistic studies

       identify a sociolinguistic variable and determine possible methodologies for investigating it

       summarize relationships between language and social class, gender, ethnicity and style

       communicate how language intersects with educational and political issues, especially with regards to standardization

y the end of this course, students should successfully be able to:

       read, critically analyse and understand sociolinguistic studies

       identify a sociolinguistic variable and determine possible methodologies for investigating it

       summarize relationships between language and social class, gender, ethnicity and style

       communicate how language intersects with educational and political issues, especially with regards to standardization

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction
 

·         N Coupland et. al.: “What is sociolinguistics?” From Modern Linguistics Sociolinguistics: A Reader and Course Book

·         The Scope of Sociolinguistics - Linguistics and Sociolinguistics

·         R. Wardhaugh et.al. : “Languages in Contact” from An Introduction to Sociolinguistics

·         R Wardhaugh et. al.: “Contact Languages” (pidgins and creoles)

·         Case Study: “Sheng: Peer language, Swahili dialect, or Eemerging Creole?”

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Methods in Sociolinguistics
 

·         N. Coupland et. al.:  “Methods in Sociolinguistics”

·         Field methods in the Study of Social Dialects

·         Dialect/Regional identity: What is it?

·         On-line readings about “Cascadia English”

·         Dialect/Regional identity: Indian English

·         Gail M. Coelho: “Anglo-Indian English: A Nativized Variety of Indian English”

·         Vineeta Chand: “[V]At Is Going on? Local and Global Ideologies about Indian English.”

·         Stratification of R in New York Department Stores

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Socioeconomic Class
 

·         N. Coupland. et.al: “Social Differentiation Of English in Norwich”

·         Ethnicity: What is it?

·         Bucholtz, Mary:  “You Da Man: Narrating the Racial Other in the Production of White Masculinity”

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Language and Social Change
 

·         Wardhaugh et. al.: “Language, Gender, and Sexuality”

·         N. Coupland et. al.: “The Whole Woman: Sex and Gender Differences in Variation Age vs. Network Structure and Linguistic Change

·         Deborah Cameron: “Performing gender identity: Young Men's Talk and the Construction of Heterosexual Masculinity”

·         Susan Gal: “Peasant Men Can't Get Wives: Language Change and Sex Roles in a Bilingual Community”

Text Books And Reference Books:

Coupland, N., &Jawarski, A. Modern Linguistics Sociolinguistics: A Reader and Course Book. 1997

Wardhaugh, R and Fuller,  Janet M. An Introduction to Sociolinguistics. 7th Edition. Cambridge, USA: Blackwell Publishers. 2014.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Bucholtz, Mary. (1999). You da man: Narrating the racial other in the production of white masculinity. Journal of sociolinguistics, 3.443-60.

Cameron, Deborah. (1997). Performing gender identity: Young men's talk and the construction of heterosexual masculinity. Language and masculinity, ed. by Sally Johnson and Ulrike Hanna Meinhof, 47-64. Oxford: Blackwell.

Chand, Vineeta. “[V]At Is Going on? Local and Global Ideologies about Indian English.” Language in Society, vol. 38, no. 4, 2009, pp. 393–419. JSTOR, www.jstor.org/stable/20622658. Accessed 14 Jan. 2020.

Holmes, J. & Wilson, N. An Introduction to Sociolinguistics (5th ed.). Routledge. 2017

Gail M. Coelho. “Anglo-Indian English: A Nativized Variety of Indian English.” Language in Society, vol. 26, no. 4, 1997, pp. 561–589. JSTOR, www.jstor.org/stable/4168803. Accessed 14 Jan. 2020.

Gal, Susan (1978). Peasant men can't get wives: Language change and sex roles in a bilingual community. Language in Society. 7:1-16.

Githiora, C. 2002. Sheng: peer language, Swahili dialect, or emerging Creole? Journal of African Cultural Studies. 15.2: 159-181

 

Online Resources

On-line readings about “Cascadia English” http://republic-of-cascadia.tripod.com/cascadianenglish.html

https://www.seattlepi.com/local/article/A-Northwest-dialect-That-s-Goofy-some-say-1174476.php

Ethnicity: What is it? http://web.stanford.edu/~rickford/papers/EbonicsInMyBackyard.html

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG345EA - LANGUAGE EVOLUTION AND COGNITION (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

The origin and evolution of language must necessarily be an interdisciplinary endeavor. It is only when we collect the evidences by sourcing the different disciplines can make this enquiry a pure scientific in nature and distant it from the realm of speculation. Due to the rapid development of the medical science and technology and the constant fueling of the new theories in the light of contemporary scientific research on the issue, the question of the evolution of languages resurges. The course is not a straightforward introductory course in linguistics rather is an indirect approach towards understanding the structural, social, geographical and anthropological reasoning behind the origin, change and death of a language. The course explores the fundamental aspects of the language in reconstructing the idea of proto-language, and bases its argument primarily on the typological characteristics of the structures. It will survey a cross-section of modern theories, methods, and research pertaining to the language origin and evolution. We shall consider evidence from psychology, the neurocognitive science, syntax, theoretical biology and computational modeling of evolutionary processes. We are specifically trying to address the questions like what can genetics tell us about the evolution of language? What can we learn from the comparative perspective on neurobiology and behavior? Did language come about through natural selection? Can apes learn human language? Can we construct the proto-language by reconstructing languages or studying the structure of the languages?

 

Course Objective

·         Linguistic sensitization

·         Better understanding of the world and society

·         Broader knowledge of the languages around the world

·         Able to use the fact and data for critical analysis and build something fundamental

·         Make them aware about their native tongue both diachronically and structurally

Course Outcome

The learners will:

·         Demonstrate an understanding of the relation between the linguistic structure and mind

·         Will be able to categorize a certain language in certain family

·         Demonstrate understanding of the concepts, theories, and methodologies used by linguists in qualitative and quantitative analyses of linguistic structure, and patterns of language use.

·         Acquire the technical vocabulary and theoretical tools of the field, necessary to read published linguistic research

·         Demonstrate understanding of the processes of language formation, change and death

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Language Evolution
 

In this unit, we shall try to understand and establish the co-evaluation theory of language evaluation. In the co-evaluation theory, the knowledge has been put forward in the direction whereby we can trace the existence of language (particularly in terms of different kinds of system) in every step of human evaluation. This section will try to take both the approaches, i.e., human and language evaluation independently and simultaneously, and try to see the correlation. Following subtopics intertwined the two or more disciplines to explore the related knowledge in the domain of human and language evolution.

·         Origin of the human language: Tracing the history

·         (Reading the prevalent text on the history of the origin of the language)

·         Co-evolution of human and language

·         Shapes of organs

·         Hearing ranges

·         Shape of larynx and vocal organs

·         Linguistic archaelogy

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Various Theories of the Origin of Language
 

The study of the human language has both an issue of synchronic and diachronic study, and the study of the origin of language interestingly draws its methodology from both the ways of studying the language. In this unit, the focus has been put on the kind of theories available in the discipline, and determine its validity within the new insights or methodologies in the discipline. This unit will explore only a few well-established language origin theories. 

·         Continuity theories

·         Mentalist (Chomsky’s single step theory)

·         Structuralist theory

·         Functionalist perspective

·         Proto-language theory

·         Discontinuity theory

·         Ritual/speech co-evolution theory

·         Social/cultural transformation 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Relatedness Between Languages
 

This can be understood as one of theories of the origin of the language. Within this modal of understanding, linguists try to see the similarities in structures, sounds, words, etc. to establish relation between the languages of world. This methodology has wider application, not only in finding the proto-language of a particular language/dialect but in contributing in the formation of a broader and more abstract system which promises to provide a single abstract grammar which can account for the structural asymmetry among languages of the world. In this effort, the topics that we are going to cover are…

·         The origin of dialects: Pidgin and Creole

·         Genetic classification

·         Tree model and wave model

·         The language family of the world: case study of Germanic family 

·         Processes of language building (Borrowing, cognate words, morpho-phonological treatment of borrowed or load words, semantic reconstruction)

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Considering the Structure of the Language in Tracing the Origin
 

This unit is in the continuation of the previous one. This unit will focus on the close study of the structure of the languages. The construction of the language happens on many levels from sound to the words to the sentence. In this section of the syllabus, the structure of the sentence will be studied to see the relationship among languages. The effort will be to proceed in a such a way that an explanation will be approached in revealing the human cognition or psychology in determining the constituent order of the language. There are some scholars who have tried to see the correlation between the structural possibilities among languages e.g., Greenberg (1963), etc. The nature of such study has also been called the ‘typology’ in the discipline of linguistic. The exclusive topics that we are going to take are

·         Typological perspective on word order

·         SOV, SVO, VSO, VOS, OSV, OVS

·         Word order and the constituent order

·         The use of typology and universals: Greenberg

Text Books And Reference Books:

All prescribed texts in the modules / units

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Comrie, Bernard. 1981a. Language universals and linguistic typology. Oxford: Blackwell.Deacon, W. Terrence. The Symbolic Species: the Co-evolution of Language and the Brain. W.W. Norton & Company. New York, 1997. 

Dunbar, Robin. “Why only Humans have language”. In the book The prehistory of Language ed. by Rudolf Botha & Chris Knight. Oxford University Press 2009 (Pp 12-35)

Gloria Origgi and Dan Sperber. “Evolution, communication and the proper function of language”. In the edited book of Evolution and the human mind: Modularity, language and meta-cognition edited by Peter Carruthers and Andrew Chamberlain. Cambridge University Press, 2000.

Greenberg, Joseph H. 1966. "Some Universals of Grammar with Particular Reference to the Order of Meaningful Elements”. Universals of Language, ed. by J.H. Greenberg. Cambridge, Massachusets, and London, England: MIT Press. pp.73-113.

Hawkins, J.A. 1983. Word Order Universals. New York: Academic Press

Heine, Bernd, and Tania Kuteva. The genesis of grammar: A reconstruction. Vol. 9. Oxford University Press, 2007.

James R. Hurford. The Origins of Language: A slim guide. Oxford University Press, 2014.

Burling, Robbins. The talking ape: How language evolved. Vol. 5. Oxford University Press on Demand, 2007.

Mufwene, Salikoko S. The ecology of language evolution. Cambridge University Press, 2001.

Aitchison, Jean. The seeds of speech: Language origin and evolution. Cambridge University Press, 2000.

Kinsella, Anna R. Language evolution and syntactic theory. Cambridge University Press, 2009.

Smit, Harry. The Social Evolution of Human Nature: From biology to Language. Cambridge University Press, 2014.

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG346EA - CONTEMPORARY INDIAN DEBATES (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This course engages with contemporary debates and discourses of economy, religion, polity, society, and media in India. These seemingly unrelated disciplines are in actuality deterministic of each other. Students of English Studies are required to be familiar with the many trajectories of reading a story; and this is the story of India in contemporary times.; the story of changes and shifts. This course also aims to expose the various politics of transformations relating to culture, economy, politics, religious movements, governance and its representations in the media. 



 

Course Objectives

·         To introduce students to the field of inter-disciplinarily

·         Help students identify and raise questions through these debates and ask some relevant questions in the contemporary context

·         To direct students towards realising the intersection of various issues raised across different disciplines.



Course Outcome

At the end of the course, students should be able to:

·         Clearly express in writing and thought the nature of events, key shifts and transformations in Indian society through literary and non-literary texts and contexts.

·         Create critical arguments that draw from a variety of domains introduced in this course as a part of identifying key issues and debates in contemporary India.

·         Develop critical insight into the various links between disciplines.

·         Identify, assimilate, and analyse and interpret the discursive construction of spaces, places, bodies and representations.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:20
Introduction: History and Nationhood
 

This unit sets the milieu for economic, cultural, political history in India. With debates over whether those in power could turn authoritarian and quasi-communal like Indira Gandhi, lurking over India today, history becomes an important place to refer. This course also aims to trace some critical events in the nationalist mobilization which will enable students to ask pertinent contemporary questions.

·         Shobha Rao: From An Unrestored Woman and Other Stories

·         Shahid Amin: “The Pedagogy of Nationalism”

·         The Mandal Commission Report

·         The Hindu Code Bill

·         Srinath Raghavan:“Decoding the Emergency”

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Ecology and the City
 

This unit will interrogate some of the crucial questions about ecology in the Indian context today.

·         Harini Nagendra: Selections from Nature Walk.

·         Eco-series: from Scroll.in.

·         Janaki Nair: The Promise of the Metropolis: Bangalore’s Twentieth Century

From Select Documentaries

·         Dir. Mike Pandey: Shores of Silence (2000)

·         Dir. Beeswaranjan Pradhan: The Tribal Scoop (2018)

·         H2WOE: India’s Water Crisis 



Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Identity
 

This unit explores the poltics and poetics of representation of select minority communities. The unit serves only as an introductory module on issues and representations. Students are encouraged to read/view further suggestions in these directions.

·         Easterine Kire: Sky is my Father

·         Sowvendra Shekar: Selections from Adivasi Will not Dance

·         ManoranjanByapari: Selections from Interrogating My Chandal Life (autobiography)

·         Bebi Kambale: From The Prisons We Broke

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Representation
 

This unit deals with contemporary debates and ideas in the context of representation. Representation in newer fields in India like narrative medicine and mental illness; food writing, legal frameworks and others would be considered here.

·         Gayathri Prabhu: If I had to Tell it Again

·         Dir. Chaitanya Tamhane: Court

·         Sayantani Das Gupta and Marsha Hurst:From Stories of Illness and Healing: Women Write Jerry Pinto: Their Bodies- From A Book of Light: When a Loved One Has a Different Mind

·         Tabish Khair: “The Mysterious Ailment of Civil Society”

·         Balamurali Natrajan and Suraj Jacob: “Putting Indian Food Habits in Their Place: 'Provincialising' Vegetarianism”

Text Books And Reference Books:

All prescribed texts in units / modules

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Bose, Brinda. Ed. Translating Desire: The Politics of Gender and Culture in India. Katha. 2002.

Butalia, Urvashi. The Other Side of Silence: Voices from the Partition of India. Penguin. 1998.




Das Gupta, Sayantani and Marsha Hurst. Stories of Illness and Healing: Women Write Their Bodies. Kent State University Press, 2007.

Das, Veena. Critical Events: An Anthropological Perspective on Contemporary India. OUP, 1995.

Fernandes, Leela. “The Politics of Forgetting: class politics, state power and the restructuring of urban space”. Urban Studies. Vol. 41, 12, pp 2415-30.

Frank, Arthur W. The Wounded Storyteller: Body, Illness, and Ethics. University of Chicago Press. 2013

Harriss-White, Barbara. India Working: Essays on Society and Economy. Cambridge University Press, 2003.

Kakar, Sudhir. Colours of Violence: Cultural Identities, Religion and Violence. OUP, 1996.

Pinto, Jerry. Em and the Big Hoom, Penguin. 2012

Ram, Nandu (ed.) Dalits in contemporary India: discrimination and discontent. Siddhant Publications, 2008, pp 37-64.

Shekhar, HansdaSowvendra. The Mysterious Ailment of RupiBaskey. Aleph, 2014.

Teltumbde, Anand. Khairlanji: A strange and Bitter Crop. Navayana. 2008.

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG347EA - VISUAL CULTURE STUDIES (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This course will mainly cover the aspects of meaning making through the visual. Covering the questions of construction, mainly, how we see, what we see and don't see will be addressed through critical analysis and interpretation of various images, how they function in terms of identity and help us to identify and categorize cultural ideas.  

 Course Objectives 

This course aims to enable the student to

·         understand the role that visuality plays in the power dynamics.

·         investigate the ways that forms of visual culture function in society and how these are linked to race, class, and gender as well as politics and economics

·         examine the genre of the visual studies

·         develop interpretative skills of the medium

·         develop lateral thinking

Course Outcome

At the end of this course, students will be able to 

·         develop a broad understanding of the power of visual images, 

·         Examine one’s surroundings and the many different ways we are affected by images and visuality

·         Utilize and critically evaluate visual culture in their daily lives. 

·         analyze visual images in dynamic ways 

Text Books And Reference Books:
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG348EA - FANDOM AND CELEBRITY CULTURE STUDIES (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

Fans and celebrities are both part of our everyday. We are all fans and we too have our moments of fame in this age of twitter, facebook, instagram and other social media apps. This course will introduce students to the fans, fandoms, celebrities and celebrity culture from an academic perspective. It will look into aspects of fan activities and fan production, celebrity culture and the construction of celebrity selves. It also deals with theorizations about the role of fandom studies and celebrity culture studies within academia. 

 

Course Objectives

This course will engage the students in

·         Thinking and strategizing about everyday practices

·         Understanding the academic significance of fandom studies and celebrity culture studies 

·         Evaluating their everyday engagements viz-a-viz the popular 

·         Recognizing their rootedness in everyday practices of the popular that include fan productivity and celebrity engagements be it in cultural activities, fashion and other engagements

·         To theorise about their roles within fandoms and with celebrities. 

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, students would be able to:

·         Develop a nuanced understanding about fans, fandoms, celebrities and celebrity cultures

·         Evaluate fandoms and celebrities on their own merity 

·         Examine their everyday practices and theorize about them 

·         Write critically and analytically about fans, fandoms and celebrities 

·         Understand and evaluate the interconnectedness between fandoms and celebrification  

·         Evaluate the politics behind fandoms and celebrification. 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Fans and Fandoms
 

This unit will introduce students to Fans and fandoms, the types of fans from aca-fans to fans, the politics and differences associated with each and the stigmatic conceptions of fans and fandoms and how and what do fandoms do. It will also look at the problematics of defining ‘fans’ and ‘viewers’. 

 

·         What/Who are Fans and Fandoms?

·         Types of Fans and Fandoms

·         Organizational Politics of Fandoms

Essential Reading:

·         Henry Jenkins: Fan Power

·         Jonathan Gray et al: “Introduction: Why Still Study Fans?”

·         Matt Hills: “Proper distance” in the Ethical Positioning of Scholar-Fandoms:

Between Academics’ and Fans’ Moral Economies?”

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to Celebrity Culture
 

This unit is an introductory engagement with the idea of celebrities, the processes and manner of celebrification and what constitutes a celebrity ecosystem and how they get constituted. 

 

·         Who are Celebrities? 

·         Types of Celebrities

·         Organizational politics of Celebrity ecosysytems

Essential Reading

·         Amy Anderson: “Media and the Rise of Celebrity Culture”

·         Joshua Gamson: “The Unwatched Life Is Not Worth Living: The Elevation of the Ordinary in Celebrity Culture”

·         Robert Schickel: “Celebrity”

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Fandoms and Agency
 

This module will discuss aspects of fan activities and fan production. It will examine and analyse the manner in which the fan becomes a ‘fan’ and how he develops an identity for himself and for the artefact he engages with through his associative work. It will engage with the politics of production, dissemination and consumption of the fans. 

 ·         Fan work and fan practices as agential 

·         Meaning making and popular culture creation by Fans 

·         Subversions, subcultural formations and countercultural formations

Essential Reading

·         Peter Gutierrez: “The Right to be a Fan”

·         Nicolle Lamerichs: “Shared Narratives: Intermediality in Fandom” 

·         Maria Lindgren Leavenworth : “The Paratext of Fan Fiction”

·         Rukmini Pande: “Dial Me Up, Scotty: Fandoms as Platforms for Women’s Online Identity” 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Celebrities and Selves
 

This section will examine celebrities and how they constitute their selves and identities in and through the process of celebrification. It will look into the construction, dissemination and consumption of celebrities and their images. It will examine the politics of the body, gender and other intersectionalities that constitute the celebrity selves and their dissemination. It will examine how a ‘common man’ can also become a ‘celebrity’ through ‘selfie cultures’ and other social media platforms. 

 

·         Celebrities and autobiographies/biographies 

·         Celebrities and consumer culture 

·         Celebrities and Fans 

·         Fan production around celebrities 

Essential Reading 

·         Pramod K Nayar: “Star Power: The Celebrity as Spectacle”

·         Daniel Harris:  “Celebrity Deaths”

·         Shearer West: “Selfiehood: Singularity, Celebrity, and the Enlightenment”

·         ErsyContogouris: “Art and the Making of Celebrity”

·         Jennfer Wicke: “Celebrity’s Face Book”

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:15
Theory and Practice of Fandom Studies and Celebrity Culture Studies
 

This unit will study the manner in which fandom studies and celebrity studies are engaged with within academia. It will engage with how fandoms and celebrity cultures operate and the way in which they open up to academic study and engagements.  

 

·         Theorizing fandoms: Reading through Henry Jenkins, Jonathan Gray and Lisa 

·         Theorizing Celebrity Culture: Pramod Nayar, 

Essential Reading 

·         Paul Booth: “Fandom in the Classroom: A Pedagogy of Fan Studies”

·         Annemarie Navar-Gill and Mel Satndfill: "We Shouldn't Have to Trend to Make You Listen": Queer Fan Hashtag Campaigns as Production Interventions”

·         Theresa Winge: “Costuming the Imagination: Origins of Anime and Manga Cosplay”

·         Mara L Thacker: “New Energy for Indian Comics: A Qualitative Study at Comic Con India”

·         Lincoln Geraghty: “Just Who is the Passive Audience Here?: Teaching Fan Studies at University”

Text Books And Reference Books:

All texts prescribed in units / modules 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

"Adolescents and Online Fan Fiction." Reference and Research Book News, vol. 23, no. 3, 2008. ProQuest, https://search.proquest.com/docview/199733790?accountid=38885.

Adorno, Theodore W. “Culture Industry Reconsidered.” The Culture Industry: Selected Essays on Mass Culture translated by Will Bernstein. Routledge, 1991, pp.98-106. 

---. Introduction. The Culture Industry: Selected Essays on Mass Culture. Routledge, 1991, pp.98-106. 

Anselmo-Sequeira, Diana. "Screen-Struck: The Invention of the Movie Girl Fan." Cinema Journal, vol. 55 no. 1, 2015, pp. 1-28. Project MUSEdoi:10.1353/cj.2015.0067

 Bacon-Smith, Camille. Enterprising Women: Television Fandom and the Creation of Popular Myth Series in Contemporary Ethnography. U of Pennsylvania P, 1992. 

Bailey, Steve. Media Audiences and Identity: Self-Construction in the Fan Experience. Palgrave Macmillan. 2005.  

Bell, David. An Introduction to Cyberculture. Routledge, 2001. 

Bennett, Lucy. "Researching Online Fandom." Cinema Journal, vol. 52 no. 4, 2013, pp. 129-134. Project MUSEdoi:10.1353/cj.2013.0033

Bhattacharjya, Nilanjana. "Doubling Offscreen and Onscreen: Queering the Star and the Fan in Fan." Framework: The Journal of Cinema and Media, vol. 58 no. 1, 2017, pp. 161-172. Project MUSEmuse.jhu.edu/article/682910.

Birns, Nicholas. “Fan Power.” Science Fiction Studies, vol. 29, no. 1, 2002, pp. 122–124. JSTOR, www.jstor.org/stable/4241052.

Cavicchi, Daniel. “Fandom before ‘Fan’: Shaping the History of Enthusiastic Audiences.” Reception: Texts, Readers, Audiences, History, vol. 6, no. 1, 2014, pp. 52–72. JSTOR, www.jstor.org/stable/10.5325/reception.6.1.0052.

Nayar, Pramod K. Seeing Stars: Spectacle Society and Celebrity Culture. Sage Publications, 2009. 

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG349EA - ORALITY AND ORAL NARRATIVES (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Engaging with key approaches to the relevance, aesthetics, and politics of orality in the Humanities, this course will introduce students to theories and practices of orality and oral narratives from a range of local and global perspectives. It will offer opportunities for critical engagement and self-reflective practice that will enable insights into the multifaceted significance of orality in the production and preservation of culture, knowledge, and memory. 

 

Course Objectives

·         To introduce students to the conceptual underpinnings, place, and practices of orality in literary and cultural Humanities

·         to familiarise them with examples of, and perspectives on, oral narratives from global, South Asian, and transcultural standpoints

·         to introduce them to the relevance of oral narratives to a range of disciplinary practices  

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, students will be able to

·         Students will gain an understanding of orality and oral narratives as essential components of literary and cultural studies;

·         gain familiarity with theoretical approaches and key debates;

·         assess the significance of oral narratives as forms of knowledge, forms of art, forms of record, and sites of transmission of power and resistance;

·         practice producing samples of oral history/narrative.  

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Orality and Oral Narratives: Introduction, Conceptual Frameworks
 

This unit takes stock of what is meant by ‘orality’ and ‘oral narratives’ in the discursive practices of the Humanities. It will introduce students to key texts, definitions, and systems of classification.

 ·         Walter J Ong: ExceprtsOrality and literacy: The Technologizing of the Word

·         John Miles Foley:  “The Theory of Oral Composition: History and Methodology”

·         Michael Frisch: “A Shared Authority: Essays on the Craft and Meaning of Oral History and Public History”

·         Haun Saussy: “The Ethnography of Rhythm: Orality and its Technologies” 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Key Issues
 

This unit engages with some seminal debates that animate approaches to orality and oral narratives, such as the interactions and oppositions posed between orality and literacy; oral ‘tradition’ and print ‘culture’; indigeneity and modernity; speech and writing. It also introduces students to the ways in which practices of orality can stage robust political engagement.

 ·         Daniel Chandler: “Biases of the Ear And Eye: “Great Divide” Theories, Phonocentrism, Graphocentrism and Logocentrism”

·         Khosrow Jahandarie: “Spoken and Written Discourse: A Multi-disciplinary Perspective”

·         Jack Goody: “The Interface Between the Written and the Oral”

·         R K Kirby: "Phenomenology and the Problems of Oral History"

·          Marshall McLuhan: “The Guttenberg Galaxy: The Making of Typographic Man”

·         Sherna Berger Gluck and Daphne Patai (eds.): Women’s Words: The Feminist Practice of Oral History (1991)

·         Maria de la Caridad Casas: “Orality and Literacy in a Postcolonial World”

·         Sunita Rani K: “Deconstructing the Caste Hegemony: Lambada Oral Literature”

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Disciplinary Engagements I: Orality, Literature, and Literary Studies
 

This unit introduces students to global, South Asian, and transcultural case-studies of traditions, genres, and aesthetics of orally-produced or transmitted ‘literary’ and expressive works.

(Specific Texts TBC)

 

·         Paul Zumthor: (vocality in medieval poetry)

·         Milman Parry: (oral conditions of production and characteristics of Greek Homeric poetry) 

·         Albert Lord: (orality and structure of Balkan epics) 

·         Paul Goetsch: (The Oral and the Written in Nineteenth-Century British Fiction),

·         Spoken-word Poetry  (Hip hop and rap; poetry slams;

·         Gil Scott-Heron: ‘The Revolution Will not Be Televised)

·         Frances Pritchett: (on the qissa in Urdu and Hindi folk romances); 

·         Mahabharata (Sanskrit and folk iterations);  

·         Paula Richman (ed.): Many Ramayanas: The Diversity of a Narrative Tradition in South Asia

·         Dalpat Chauhan: “I Am the Witness of My History and My Literature”

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Disciplinary Engagements II: Orality and History
 

This unit assesses the relationship between orality, memory, and historical record by examining global, South Asian and transcultural case-studies that shed light on the significance of orality to the theory and practice of history. (Specific Texts TBC)

 ·         Michael Frisch: A Shared Authority: Essays on the Craft and Meaning of Oral and Public History

·         Indira Chowdhury: "A Historian among Scientists: Reflections on Archiving the History of Science in Postcolonial India"

·         Soumen Sen and Desmond L. Kharmawphlang (eds.): Orality and Beyond: A North-East Indian Perspective

·         Slave Narratives Oral History Project (US Library of Congress, public access)

·         1947 Partition History Archive (Stanford University Digital Repository, public access)

·         Ethical Guidelines for Oral History

Text Books And Reference Books:

All texts prescribed in units / modules

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Ong, Walter J. Orality and literacy: The Technologizing of the Word. 2nd ed. Routledge, 2002. 

Foley, John Miles. The Theory of Oral Composition: History and Methodology. Indiana UP, 

1988.

Frisch, Michael. A Shared Authority: Essays on the Craft and Meaning of Oral History and 

Public History.  State U of New York P, 1990.

Saussy, Haun. The Ethnography of Rhythm: Orality and its Technologies. Fordham UP, 2016. 

Jahandarie, Khosrow. Spoken and Written Discourse: a Multi-disciplinary Perspective. Ablex, 

1999.

Goody, Jack.The Interface Between the Written and the Oral. Cambridge UP, 1987.

Kirby, R.K. “Phenomenology and the Problems of Oral History.” Oral History Review, Vol. 

35, No. 1, 2008, pp. 22–28.

McLuhan, Marshall. The Guttenberg Galaxy: The Making of Typographic Man. U of Tornoto 

P,  1962.

Gluck, Sherna Berger, and Daphne Patai, editors. Women’s Words: The Feminist Practice of 

Oral History.  Routledge, 1991.

Casas, Maria de la Caridad. “Orality and literacy in a postcolonial world.” Social Semiotics, Vol. 

8, no. 1, 1998, pp. 5-24. 

Karamsi, Sunita Rani. “Deconstructing the Caste Hegemony: Lambada Oral Literature.” 

Journal of Alternative Perspectives in the Social Sciences, Vol. 2, no. 1, 2010, pp. 455-67.

Richman, Paula, editor. Many Ramayanas: The Diversity of a Narrative Tradition in South 

Asia. U of California P, 1991.

Chauhan, Dalpat. “I AM THE WITNESS OF MY HISTORY AND MY LITERATURE”. 

Journal of Postcolonial Writing, Vol. 43, no. 2, 2007, pp. 133-142.

Chowdhury, Indira. “A Historian among Scientists: Reflections on Archiving the History of 

Science in Postcolonial India.” Isis, Vol. 104, no. 2,  2013, pp. 371–380.

Sen, Soumen and Desmond L. Kharmawphlang, editors. Orality and Beyond: A North-East 

Indian Perspective. SahityaAkademi, 2007. 

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG361 - BASIC PSYCHOLOGICAL PROCESSES (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

Basic psychological processes offer an introduction and overview of the field of psychology. It covers the history of psychology, basic psychology research methods, development, emotions, motivations, personality, perception, and much more. The topics covered in an introduction to psychology course encompass the subject matter of general psychology. This course is designed to familiarize the student with the basic concepts of Psychology. 

 

Course Objectives

1.      To understand issues and debates in contemporary psychology.

2.      To apply the principles of psychology in day-to-day life for a better understanding of themselves and others.

3.      To understand various schools of thought in psychology including Western and Eastern approaches.

4.      To understand and apply the principles of psychology in studying language.

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, students will be :

1.  Familiarized with the fundamental processes underlying human behavior and different methods and approaches to study human behavior. 

2.  Able to explain basic debates in psychology

3.  Able to discuss and compare various approaches in psychology

4.  Able to apply the principles of psychology in studying language.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Unit I: Introduction
 

Definition of Psychology; Historical foundations of Psychology and trends in the 21st century; Psychology and scientific methods; Major philosophical issues in psychology: debates: free will and determinism, brain and mind, nature and nurture, empiricism and rationality. ; Application of Psychology to societal problems.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Unit II: Development of Human Behaviour
 

Growth and development; Principles of development, Role of genetic and environmental factors in determining human behaviour; Influence of cultural factors in socialization; Life span development - Characteristics, development tasks, promoting psychological well-being across major stages of the life span.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Unit III: Learning
 

Concept and theories of learning: Behaviourists (Classical Conditioning, Operant Conditioning), Gestaltists, Trial & Error learning, Maslow theory, Psychoanalysis; Cognitive learning: Latent learning, Observational learning and Insight learning

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Unit IV: Memory, Intelligence and Aptitude
 

Concepts; Information processing model, Multiple Intelligence theory; Organization and Mnemonic techniques to improve memory; Theories of forgetting: decay, interference and retrieval failure; Concepts of intelligence and aptitude; Emotional Intelligence, Social intelligence, measurement of intelligence and aptitude; Fluid intelligence and crystallized intelligence

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Unit V: Language and Communication
 

Human language - Properties, structure and linguistic hierarchy, Language acquisition-predisposition, critical period hypothesis; Theories of language development - Skinner and Chomsky; Process and types of communication: effective communication training, Psycholinguistics

Text Books And Reference Books:

Feldman, R.S. (2011 ).Understanding Psychology, Delhi : Tata- McGraw Hill.
Morgan,C.T, King,R.A., Weisz,J.R., & Schopler,J. (2004). Introduction to Psychology  NewDelhi:TataMcGraw-Hill

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Baron,R.A..(1995). Psychology 3rd edition. Delhi:Prentice Hall.
Munn,N.L.,Fernald,L.D.,& Fernald,P.S.( 1997 ) Introduction to Psychology. Delhi: Houghton Mifflin.
Smith,E.E., Hoeksman,S,N.,Fredrickson,B.,& Loftus,G.R.(2003) .Atkinson’s &Hilgard’s Introduction to Psychology.FirstReprint.Delhi Thomson Wadsworth.
 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA Evaluation pattern

Individual Assignment

Group assignment/Case study/ Exhibition/ Activity/ Presentation

Quiz/ Objective Tests

Mid semester

20

10

10

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

(Definition)

Section B

(Short note)

Section C

(Essay)

Section D

(Case Question)

Total

5×2=10

4×5=20

1×10=10

1×10=10

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

(Definition)

Section B

(Short note)

Section C

(Essay)

Section D

(Case Question)

Total

5×2=10

4×5=20

1×10=10

1×10=10

50

 

BENG381 - INTERNSHIP (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:0
No of Lecture Hours/Week:0
Max Marks:100
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

BA English Honours students have to undertake an internship of not less than 30 working days at a social service organization of their choice in any area where the student will work on the field in these organizations. 

 Course Objectives

·         to encourage learner and learning-centered pedagogy

·         to strengthen the curriculum based on internship-feedback, wherever relevant

·         to help student choose their career through practical experience

 

·         to relate social and experiential learning with classroom practices

 

Course Outcome

At the end of the course students will be able to:

·         Identify and reflect on the implication of social and experiential learning with classroom practices in their write up. 

·         Decide the suitable career based on the experience of internship.

·         Give constructive feedback on curriculum to strengthen it based on their internship experience.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:0
None
 

None

Text Books And Reference Books:

---

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

---

Evaluation Pattern

 

The internship is to be undertaken during the fourth semester break. The internship is a mandatory requirement for the completion of the Honours program. The students will have to give an internship proposal with the following details: organization where the student proposes to do the internship; reasons for the choice, nature of the internship, period of internship, relevant permission letters, if available, name of the mentor in the organization, and email, telephone and mobile numbers of the person in the organization with whom Christ University could communicate matters related to internship. Typed proposals will have to be given at least a month before the end of the fifth semester.  

 

The coordinator of the program will assign faculty members from the department as guides at least two weeks before the end of the fifth semester. The students will have to be in touch with the guides during the internship period either through personal meetings, over the phone, or through internet.

 

At the place of internship, the students are advised to be in constant touch with their mentors.

At the end of the required period of internship the candidates will submit a report in not less than 5000 words. The report should be submitted within June.

 

Apart from a photocopy of the letter from the organisation stating the successful completion of the internship, the report shall have the following parts.

·         Introduction to the place of internship

·         Reasons for the choice of the place and kind of internship

·         Nature of internship

·         Objectives of the internship

·         Tasks undertaken

·         Learning outcome

·         Suggestions, if any

·         Conclusion

 

A photocopy/digital copy of the portfolio, if available may be given along with the report. However, the original output, if available should be presented during the internship report presentation.

 

The report shall be in the following format.

12 font size; Times New Roman or Garamond font; one and half line spaced; Name, Register No, and Program Name, Date of Submission on the left-hand top corner of the page; below that in the centre title of the report ‘Report of internship undertaken at ____ from ____ (date, month in words, year); no separate cover sheet to be attached.

 

The evaluation criteria may be as follows

 Job done and learning outcome:   40

Regularity and quality of reporting:  30

Language:                                         15

Adherence to the format:                15

 

Total:                                                  100

 

 

SDEN311 - KNOWLEDGE ACQUISITION SKILLS (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 

This course has been designed to enable the students to acquire skills that would help them in the process of knowledge acquisition. Through this engagement, it will revisit and question different notions of knowledge and how it is constructed, created, disseminated, and acquired. The course would also enable the students to understand various research practices that are the focal point of the discipline. Also central to the course is an inquiry on the process and role of critical thinking in the discipline and in the larger context of the society and nation.

Course Objectives

The course is designed to:

 

  1. Enhance skills required for knowledge acquisition

  2. Develop a comprehensive knowledge of the variety of research practices in the discipline

  3. Hone and nurture their critical thinking abilities

Course Outcome

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course, the students would be able to:

 

  1. Recognize the politics of knowledge production and dissemination

  2. Apply various research methods introduced in the course in their areas of interest

  3. Demonstrate critical reading abilities in multiple contexts

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
Data Interpretation "Show Me the Data"- Quantitative
 

 

This unit is primarily invested in the study of quantitative data. The unit will focus on the various ways in which data is elicited and analyzed. It will also give a brief idea about how quantitative data, which is highly monotonous in nature can be presented in an interesting way. Taking examples from the field of English, History, and Political Science, this unit will identify the sub-fields related to these disciplines which deal with large data sets.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:4
Data Interpretation "Show Me the Data"-Qualitative
 

 

Data Interpretation Module will cover Qualitative Research Methods in Language Studies. This module will give students the opportunity to explore the different types of qualitative research methodologies used within applied linguistics, linguistics and language and culture research. This will be focused on to an examination of what counts as evidence within a qualitative research framework and how qualitative research evidence can be evaluated. Students will examine a range of qualitative research methodologies, such as case study, ethnography, participant observation, interviews, questionnaires, discourse analysis. Students will apply this knowledge to a personal research interest.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:4
Critical Thinking: "To Think or Not to?"- Multiple Intelligences
 

 

The unit would primarily engage with the question of what it means to think and revisit some of the notions that are related to the act of thinking and the notion of intelligence. Focussing on the concept of multiple intelligence put forward by Gardener, the unit aims to provide a platform for the students to discuss and deliberate on intelligence and the possibility of exploring multiple intelligence.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:4
Critical Thinking: "To Think or Not to" - Deferential thinking
 

 

Drawing from an informed understanding of the concept of multiple intelligence, this unit will explore the need to look at thinking as a multi-layered process. The aim here is to make students aware of the need to think differently than attempting to fit into what is normative.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
Continuous Learning - The Holy Cycle: Unlearn, Learn and Relearn?
 

 

Continuing with the questions of thinking and intelligence, this unit focuses on the process of learning and assessing what it means to be a learner in the contemporary era. This unit aims to impart the skills which will make learners value and practice dynamicity and acknowledge the need for appreciating multiple perspectives.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:4
Social Awareness: "Know Thy Neighbour"- Know Your Regime
 

 

Social awareness provides an individual the ability to understand and respond to the needs of others. This course focuses on social awareness - the ability to understand and respond to the needs of others. This is the third of the domains of emotional intelligence proposed by Daniel Goleman. Research indicates that emotional intelligence can be learned and be measurable differences directly associated with professional and personal success. Furthermore, it may be responsible for up to 80% of the success we experience in life. The course focuses on the basic areas of emotional intelligence namely self-awareness, self-management; empathy/social awareness and relationship management. Students will be able to comprehend how self-awareness reflects understanding, personal acceptance & an overall understanding of personal psychology.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:6
Social Awareness "Know Thy Neighbour": " In Short - Of Reading"
 

 

This module will help students learn and understand the fundamental motivations for reading. The module will introduce students to the various aspects of reading and writing and will help focus on the need to read with a sense of social awareness, responsibility and ethical action towards reading. This module aims to help students acquire the cognitive domain-related skills in helping them to appraise, develop, value, critique and defend their acts of reading. The module will include introduction to thinkers like Borges, Scholes, Booth, Fish and others who have written about reading and its responsibilities.

Text Books And Reference Books:

--

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

--

Evaluation Pattern

General Evaluation Pattern: Unit-Wise Continuous Evaluation

 

The evaluation will be based on the assessments formulated by the PTC student-instructors who facilitate each unit in the class. A continuous evaluation pattern will be followed whereby after the completion of each unit, an assignment will follow. The assessment will be done based on predefined rubrics and the score sheet needs to be tabulated. The cumulative score sheet is to be prepared at the end of the semester and the final Skill Development Score is to be computed.

BENG431 - THE CONSTRUCTION OF MEANINGS: PRAGMATICS, SEMANTICS AND SEMIOTICS (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

Meaning-making is a complex process and has been a point of interest or investigation for a range of academic disciplines the most prominent among which are Philosophy, Psychology, Neurology, and, Linguistics. While a linguist is always interested to find out the logic behind the construction of meanings to the factors that obstruct the same, a psychologist tries to understand, position and negotiate the idea of self in relation to others in the process of construction of meanings. While a philosopher is busy deciphering why something means what it means, a neurologists’ chief focus is on the function of neurons in the construction of meanings. The very act of meaning-making is therefore highly interdisciplinary; and, even when considered from a chiefly linguistic perspective (which is the focus of this course), the process of meaning-making can’t be positioned in the domain of either Semantics or Pragmatics or Semiotics; it is rather a by-product of all the fields. While Semantics is the systematic study of meanings which to a great extent is scientific, Pragmatics and Semiotics are concerned with the ways in which context contributes to meaning. Just like a work of art can’t be studied out of the context (sorry! New Criticism), an utterance produced at any point in time can’t be analyzed out of the sociocultural-context of its origin. The chief entailment arising from the proposition therefore is - this course aims to provide learners with an understanding of the basic principles in Linguistics mostly in the domain of Semantics, Pragmatics, and Semiotics which are directly involved with the process of meaning-making.

 

Course Objectives

The main objectives of the course are as follows:

·         To provide learners with an understanding of the construction of meanings and the process of meaning-making.

·         To familiarize learners with the basic concepts in the domain of Semantics, Pragmatics, and Semiotics.

·         To expose the learners to a range of linguistic and non-linguistic fields to analyze the construction of meanings.

·         To provide an interdisciplinary perspective to meaning-making.

Course Outcome

The course will enable the learners to:

·         Analyze the process meaning-making from both linguistic and cultural perspectives.

·         Apply the basic concepts in the domain of Semantics, Pragmatics, and Semiotics to a range of real-life scenarios and situations in order to excavate the process of meaning-making.

·         Evaluate the extent to which meanings can be literal and the point it becomes non-literal and analyze the linguistic/non-linguistic conventions that promote the same. 

·         Display a comprehensive understanding of the process of meaning-making across a range of texts and contexts.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction
 

The introductory unit will focus on the process of meaning-making by exposing learners to a range of texts both linguistic and non-linguistic in nature. The learners would be expected to provide their own interpretation of the objects of study which can be a movie clip, a news broadcast, a painting, a photograph, or, even a meme! Post the interpretation session, the learners will be introduced to the basic concepts of meaning-making as described below:

·         Multiple approaches to the study of meanings i.e. Philosophy, Psychology, Neurology, Semiotics, Linguistics.

·         The linguistic study of meaning in languages.

·         Linguistic, paralinguistic, and non-linguistic communication and the process of meaning-making.

·         Literal meaning, irony, implicature, and difficult sentences (the multi-linguistic repertoire available in the classroom to be exhaustively used in this context).

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Semantics, Pragmatics, Semiotics and the Everyday Life
 

This unit alongside introducing the fields of Pragmatics, Semantics, and Semiotics to the students will acquaint them with the practical applicability of each of the fields to real-world situations and scenarios like public speeches, hashtags, photography, advertisements, etc. The modes of application indicated here are highly indicative as the modes in which these fields find application are diverse and hence, the instructor is free to choose any mode/s of their choice.

 

·         Pragmatics, history of pragmatics, schools of thoughts in Pragmatics.

(Application and practice: multiple forms of public speech i.e. political speeches, slogans, etc. taken out of contexts/doctored to incite a form of narrative to be used in order to understand the importance of Pragmatics).

·         Semantics, history of semantics, schools of thoughts in Semantics.

(Application and practice: Semantic study of photography and hashtags).

·         Semiotics, history of semiotics, schools of thoughts in Semiotics.

(Application and practice: multiple advertisements to be analyzed in order to understand the correlation between the sign, signifier and signified).

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Key Issues in Semantics
 

A theoretically motivated unit, it introduces learners to the basic concepts which seek familiarization in the field of Semantics. Mostly concerned with words and meaning and the ways in which words acquire meanings, this unit introduces learners to Lexical Semantics and Logical Relations in the domain of languages.

·         What’s in a word; ambiguity (mandatory reading: Seven Types of Ambiguity by William Empson, 1930).

·         Sense Relations; synonymy, antonymy, meronymy, homonymy, polysemy.

·         Reference, non-referring expression.

·         Denotational theory of meaning; connotation.

·         Arguments and predicates.

·         Sentence, statement, utterance and proposition.

·         Logical relations between sentences: entailment, equivalence, contrariety, contradiction, interdependence.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Key Issues in Pragmatics
 

A theoretically motivated unit, it introduces learners to the basic concepts which seek familiarization in the field of Pragmatics. It introduces the learners to the dominant theories in the field of Pragmatics and provides a chance to review the analysis to practical situations they conducted earlier in the course.

·         Approaches to Implicature (from Im/politeness implicatures by Michael Haugh, 2015)

·         Speech Acts

·         Deixis

·         Relevance Theory

·         Politeness Theory

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Key Issues in Semiotics
 

A theoretically motivated unit, it introduces learners to the basic concepts which seek familiarization in the field of Semiotics. It introduces the learners to the dominant theories in the field of Semiotics and provides a chance to analyze multiple themes that concerns one in everyday life in the following unit.

·         Basic Sign Theory.

·         Iconicity, Indexicality, Symbolism, Semiosphere.

·         Non-verbal Semiotics, Signals, Facial expressions, Eye-contact, Body-language, Touch, Gesture, Dancing.

·         Visual Signs, Color, Visual Representations, Maps, Visual Arts, Cinema etc.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:20
Message and Meaning
 

This unit is designed in such a way that it provides the learners a chance to apply the theoretical knowledge they acquired in the previous units to real-life scenarios and situations. A highly application-oriented unit, it provides learners with a wide range of vistas to explore how meanings get constructed, negotiated, and recreated. The following is a tentative list of topics to which the theoretical understanding could be applied in order to understand the process of meaning-making.

·         Myth and Narrative

·         Rhetoric

·         Art

·         Clothes

·         Food

·         Objects

·         Space and Buildings

·         Memes

·         Any other field that interests the learners

Text Books And Reference Books:

All prescribed texts in units / modules

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Bansal, Piyush, Romil Bansal, and Vasudeva Varma. "Towards deep semantic analysis of hashtags." European conference on information retrieval. Springer, Cham, 2015.

Chierchia, Gennaro, and Sally McConnell-Ginet. Meaning and grammar: An introduction to semantics. MIT press, 2000.

Cobley, Paul, ed. The Routledge companion to semiotics and linguistics. Routledge, 2005.

Danesi, Marcel. Messages, signs, and meanings: A basic textbook in semiotics and communication. Vol. 1. Canadian Scholars’ Press, 2004.

Greenberg, Gabriel. "Pictorial semantics." Manuscript, UCLA, 2012.

Haugh, Michael. Im/politeness implicatures. Vol. 11. Walter de Gruyter GmbH & Co KG, 2014.

Huang, Yan, ed. The Oxford handbook of pragmatics. Oxford University Press, 2017.

Johansen, Jørgen Dines, and Svend Erik Larsen. Signs in use: an introduction to semiotics. Routledge, 2005.

Leech, Geoffrey N. The pragmatics of politeness. Oxford University Press, USA, 2014.

Sternefeld, Wolfgang, and Thomas Ede Zimmerman. Introduction to Semantics. An Essential Guide to the Composition of Meaning. De Gruyter Mouton, Berlin and Boston, 2013.

https://medium.com/@aubsn/thanks-pepsi-for-that-lesson-in-semiotics-9e8330d8f24d

https://www.slideshare.net/BatoolSafi/the-application-of-semiotics-in-advertising

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

 

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG432 - RESEARCH WRITING (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

The course attempts to introduce the students to the analytical reading of literature and writing about literature. It will look into the different ways of reading and interpreting short fiction, and novels and translate their reading into critical/analytical research-oriented papers. This paper will also include a section on research and reading methods. This will be practical course with intense practice based on the aspects of reading and interpretation.

 

Course Objectives

·         to equip students with ways of “close reading” texts (fiction and essays)

·         to train the students to engage with texts critically and

·         to enable writing research papers

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, students will be able to

·         Define and formulate a research design

·         Identify and create flow of the processes of designing a research study from the beginning till its final stage

·         Formulate a research problem

·         Evaluate available literature in the field/topic of stud

·         Identify a knowledge gap

·         Construct a thesis statement

·         Demonstrate a knowledge of the chosen area of research by creating a well-designed and critically evaluated review of literature

·         Ascertain the use of the right methods and methodology of research

·         Apply their knowledge of literary and cultural theory in the writing of a research paper

·         Create, review and contribute significant knowledge to the chosen body of work

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Academic Research
 

·         Introduction to the course                                                                                            

·         What is research? Importance of research

·         Kinds of research

·         Primary and Secondary research

·         Evaluating Resources: Print, Internet, etc.

·         Plagiarism

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Research Methods and Methodology
 

·         Research Methods

·         Different Research Methods in English Studies

·         Research Methodologies and their applicability

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:20
Beginning to Write
 

·         Choosing and developing a topic

·         What is an Abstract? How to write one?

·         What is a Literature Review? How to write one?

·         What is an Annotated Bibliography? How to write one as part of note taking while reading?

·         Creating bibliographies and works cited

Practice in writing abstracts, annotated bibliographies and literature reviews.

Library Reading                                                                                         

Read examples of Annotated bibliographies, abstracts, literature reviews from various internet sources and print sources in the library like JSTOR, INFLIBNET, etc.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Approaches to Reading
 

·         What is critical Reading?

·         Critical and Analytical Reading methods

·         Pre-reading

·         Annotating

·         Outlining

·         Summarising

·         Finding oppositions

·         Identifying thesis and related arguments

Practice in these methods                       

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:25
Approaches to Writing
 

·         Elements of a good research paper.  

·         How to write a research paper / dissertation

·         Developing a thesis statement, research questions and research objectives

·         Developing good arguments

·         Writing Introductions, chapters and conclusions.

·         Revising your research paper

·         Compilation, organization and submission of research papers

Text Books And Reference Books:

Presccribed readings by the Course Instructor

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Bailey, Stephen. Academic Writing: A Handbook for International Students. Routledge, 2006.

Bain, Carl. E, Jerome Beaty and J. Paul Hunter. The Norton Introduction to Literature. 6th ed. W.W. Norton Company,  1995.

Griffith, Kelley. Writing Essays about Literature: A Guide and Style Sheet. 6th ed. Harcourt College Publishers,  2002.

Harvey, Michael. The Nuts & Bolts of College Writing. Hackett Publishing, 2003.

Kennedy, X.J., and Dana Gioia. Literature: An Introduction to Fiction, Poetry, and Drama. 7th ed. Longman,  1999.

Lipson, Charles. How to Write a BA Thesis: A Practical Guide from Your First Ideas to Your Finished Paper. U of Chicago Press,  2005.

Madden, Frank. Exploring Literature: Writing and Arguing about Fiction, Poetry, Drama and the Essay. Pearson Longman, 2007.

Montgomery, Martin, et al. Ways of Reading: Advanced Reading Skills for Students of English Literature. Routledge,  2007.

Pirie, David B. How to Write Critical Essays: A Guide for Students of Literature. Routledge,  1985.

Whitla, William. The English Handbook: A Guide to Literary Studies. Blackwell,  2010.

Woolf, Judith. Writing about Literature. Routledge,  2005. 



Evaluation Pattern

CIA 2: Mid-semester exam will be a submission abstract and literature review of the research paper students will be submitting.

CIA I and III: Will be a compilation of portfolios which will include all the writing assignments the students have done in the course of the paper. They will submit it after incorporating all the constructive feedback the teacher has provided to each of their assignments.

End semester Exam is to be a research submission where each student will choose a literary genre examine it along the parameters of a research and submit a working paper along the argumentation and critical and analytical frameworks.

BENG433 - LITERARY AND CULTURAL THEORY (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

The paper initiates the students to unlearn some of their conventional notions about what is literature; introduces them to a varied schools of literary criticism and critical theory; and equips them to frame their own sense of 'literature' and 'theory'.

 

Course Objectives

This course aims to

·         introduce the students to concepts, concerns, critical debates in theorising literary texts and expose them to the applicability of these theoretical frameworks.

·         enable students to critically perceive and engage with the production of meanings, significations and negotiations.

·         act as a bridge to Cultural Studies; Popular Culture; Indian Literatures; Postcolonial Studies; Ecological Studies and other studies that will be introduced in the final year and Honours in English.   

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, students will be able to

·         Identify, demonstrate and discuss a variety of cultural concepts that will strengthen the analytical and critical insights of a chosen literary and cultural context

·         Use literary texts to demonstrate the role of the sociocultural, economic and political and material contexts that influence works and meaning-making processes

·         Demonstrate a knowledge of the concepts discussed from structuralism to postmodernism

·         Create critical and analytical writings and responses that are conscious of the ethical, political and creative power of discourses and meaning-making. 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Poststructuralism
 

·         What is Poststructuralism?

·         The Project of the Poststructuralists

·         Key Ideas/Theorist: Deconstruction and Jacques Derrida

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Structural Psychoanalysis
 

·         What is Psychoanalysis?

·         The Project of Structural and Post-structural Psychoanalysis and its working in Literature.

·         Key Ideas/Theorists: Jacques Lacan

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
Poststructuralist Feminist Theory
 

Key Ideas/Theorists: Helene Cixous, Simone de Beauvoir, LuceIrigaray and Julia Kristeva

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Ideology and Discourse
 

·         What is Ideology?

·         Key Ideas/Theorists: Louis Althusser; and Antonio Gramsci

·         What is Discourse and it implications?

Key Ideas/Theorists: Michel Foucault; New Historicism; Mikhail Bakhtin; Raymond Williams and Cultural Materialism

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Postcolonialism: Nations, Nationalisms and Identity
 

·         What is Postcolonialism?

·         The Project of Postcolonialism

Key Ideas/Theorists: Franz Fanon; Homi K Bhabha; Partha Chatterjee

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:10
Postmodernism: Theory and Beyond
 

·         What is Modernism and Postmodernism?

·         Key Ideas/Theorists: Jean Baudrillard; Jean-François Lyotard; Giles Deleuze and Felix  Guattari;  

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:10
Ecocriticism : Green Studies and Sustainability
 

·         What is Ecocriticism?

·         Key Ideas/Theorists: Cheryl Glotfelty and Harold Fromm

Unit-8
Teaching Hours:10
Narratology: Telling and Retelling Stories
 

·         What is Narratology ?

·         Key Ideas/Theorists: Gerard Genette and Vladimir Propp

Text Books And Reference Books:

All prescribed texts in units / modules 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Abrams, M.H. A Glossary of Literary Terms. 8th ed. Wardworth, 2005.

Ahmand, Aijaz. In Theory: Classes, Nations, Literatures. Rpt. OUP,     2006.

Culler, Jonathan. The Pursuit of Signs: Semiotics, literature, deconstruction. Routledge, 2001.

Devy, G.N., ed. Indian Literary Criticism: Theory and Interpretation. Rpt. Orient Longman, 2007.

Eagleton, Terry. Literary Theory: An Introduction. 2nd ed. Oxford: Blackwell, 2008

---. The Function of Criticism. Verso, 2005.

Gurrin, Wilfred L, et al. A Handbook of Critical Approaches to Literature. 5th ed. OUP, 2005.

Habib, M.A.R., ed. A History of Literary Criticism and Theory: From Plato to the Present. Blackwell, 2008.

John, Eileen, and Dominic McIver Lopes, eds. Philosophy of Literature: Contemporary and Classic Readings. Blackwell, 2004.

John, Eileen, and Dominic McIver Lopes. Philosophy of Literature: Contemporary and Classic Readings. Blackwell, 2004.

Kapoor, Kapil. Literary Theory: Indian Conceptual Framework. Affiliated East-West Press, 1998.

Klages, Mary. Literary Theory: A Guide for the Perplexed. Continuum, 2006

Leitch, Vincent B., ed. The Norton Anthology of Theory and Criticism. Norton, 2001.

Rice, Philip, and Patricia Waugh. Modern Literary Theory. 4th ed. Hodder Arnold, 2001.

Rivkin, Julie, Michael Ryan, eds. Literary Theory: An Introduction. Rev ed. Blackwell, 2003.

Rooney, Ellen ed. Feminist Literary Theory. CUP, 2006.

Waugh, Patricia. Literary Theory and Criticism: An Oxford Guide. OUP, 2006.

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG441A - AMERICAN LITERATURES-II (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

The design/structure of the course supports an extensive study of American literatures. While the numbers of the literary texts and writers identified for the study are enormous, the course attempts to dismantle/ dissolve conventional boundaries between classical and the popular. To this effect, it incorporates a wide variety of literary and non-literary texts as simultaneously framing the cultural assumptions of a specific age /period.

 

Objectives

·         to introduce the students to the socio-political, religious and cultural aspects of America

·         through literary texts

·         to enable students to read texts as products of historical, political and cultural events

·         to provide insights into different styles of writing over different centuries

·         to encourage clear understanding of different genres and prosody/forms/literary devices

·         to enable learners to give their perspective on the texts prescribed

·         to brainstorm learners to use their knowledge of History, Psychology, Sociology, etc

·         to read literary works.

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, students will be able to

·         Demonstrate a knowledge and understanding of range of American texts and contexts

·         Compare and contrast the development of cultural values across the literary forms and times engaged with in the course

·         Identify various writing styles and trace their development in the tradition of American literatures over time.

·         Develop and create critical and creative material resulting from a close reading of texts and contexts

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:20
The Literature of Modernism: 1912-1940
 

·         Eugene O'Neill: The  Emperor Jones

·         F Scott Fitzgerald: “Bernice Bobs Her Hair”

·         Ezra Pound: “An Immorality”

·         Robert Frost: “Mending Wall”

·         Carl Sandburg: “At a Window”

·         Langston Hughes: “Daybreak in Alabama”

·         Ernest Hemingway: A Farewell to Arms

·         Marianne Moore: “Poetry”

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:20
Post war America: 1940 onwards
 

·         Martin Luther King:  “I Have A Dream”

·         William Faulkner: Nobel Prize Speech

·         Sylvia Plath:  “Lady Lazarus”

·         Arthur Miller: Death of a Salesman

·         Tennessee Williams: The Glass Menagerie

·         Alice Walker: The Color Purple

·         Toni Morrison: The Bluest Eye

·         John Barth: Lost in the Fun House

·         Pearl S Buck: Letter from Peking

·         Robert Haydon: “Those Winter Sundays”

·         Bob Dylan, Joan Baez: “The Ballad of Emmett Till” 

·         Carson McCullers: “The Heart is a Lonely Hunter”

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:20
Contemporary American Writing
 

·         Barack Obama: Dreams From My Father: A Story of Race and Inheritance (Excerpts)

·         Art Spiegelman: Maus ( Graphic Novel)

·         Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie: The Arrangers of Marriage

·         Jhumpa Lahiri: Mrs. Sen’s

·         Don DeLillo: Falling Man

·         Ocean Vuong: “Night Sky with Exit Wounds”

Text Books And Reference Books:

All prescribed texts in the units / modules 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Abel, Darrel, ed. American Literature: Literature of the Atlantic Culture, Vol 2.Barron's Educational Series Inc, 1963.

Baym, Nina. The Norton Anthology of American Literature, Vol A, B, C, D.Norton and Company,  2012.

Graham, Maryemma and Jerry Washington Ward, Jr. The Cambridge History of African American Literature. CUP, 2011.

Spiller, Ernest,  Willard Thorp, Thomas Herbert Johnson, Henry Seidel Canby. Eds. Literary History of the United States. Macmillan, 1974.

McQuade, Donald, Robert Atwan, Martha Banta.Eds. The Harper Single Volume American  Literature. Longman, 1999.

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG442B - INTRODUCTION TO DISCOURSE ANALYSIS (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

The study of discourse is essentially the study of language in its natural habitat. We use language in a variety of contexts, to fulfill a broad range of communicative and social goals. In this course we will examine how contexts and functions of use influence linguistic form. The course is divided into three broad sections. First, the ‘macro-structure’ of discourse: the organization of different kinds (genres) of language, such as conversation, narrative, and institutional dialogue. We will analyze re-occurring patterns of structure and discuss how they are shaped and motivated by communicative and social functional goals. Second,the course focuses on how speakers routinely perform social action through discourse, such as disclaimers, offers, refusals, and questions. The role of Discourse Markers in structuring discourse will be examined. We will also investigate the relationship between discourse and identity, discourse and ideologies, and the social nature of common features of spoken language: ‘reported speech’, dialogicality, framing, and discourse norms. We will analyze how these contribute to discourse structure, and how they reflect, manage, and construct social interaction. Finally, the course will examine ‘microstructure’—the role of discourse and interaction in motivating and explaining grammar and meaning. We will discuss the way in which grammatical structures are functionally brought about by the communicative and social aspects of discourse. 

 

Course Objectives

  • Describe the relationship of discourse and context.
  • Compare and contrast discourse models and theories.
  • Distinguish among contemporary discourse research methodologies.
  • Illustrate the roles of society, culture, and context in discourse.
  • Analyze a number of discourse genres.
  • Identify how views of the world and identities are constructed through the use of discourse.
  • Apply the techniques of Discourse Analysis to propose the universality of human discourse.

Course Outcome

At the end of the course students will be able to

  •  Describe the history of discourse study.
  •  Explain the relationship society, culture, and context have to discourse.
  •  Analyze a written or spoken discourse

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Discourse Analysis and Linguistics
 
  • Elizabeth Couper-Kuhlen: Intonation and Discourse: Current Views from Within
  • J. R. Martin: Cohesion and Texture
  • Deborah Schiffirin: Discourse Markers: Language, Meaning and Context
  • Neal R. Norrick: Discourse and Semantics
Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Theories to Practice
 
  • R. Lakoff: Nine Ways of Looking at Apologies: The Necessity for Interdisciplinary Theory and Method in Discourse Analysis
  • Monica Heller: Discourse and Interaction
  • Livia Polanyi: The Linguistic Structure of Discourse
  • Jane A. Edwards: The Transcription of Discourse
Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Political, Social and Institutional Domains
 
  • Ruth Wodak and Martin Reisigl: Discourse and Racism
  • John Wilson: Political Discourse
  • Collen Cotter: Discourse and Media
  • Nancy Ainsworth-Vaughn: The Discourse of Medical Encounters
  • Charlotte Linde: Narrative in Institution
Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Culture, Community, and Genre
 
  • Ron Scollon and Suzanne Wong Scollon: Discourse and Intercultural Communication
  • Shari Kendall and Deborah Tannen: Discourse and Gender
  • Heidi E. Hamilton: Discourse and Aging
  • Christina Kakava: Discourse and Conflict
Text Books And Reference Books:

All prescribed texts

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Recommended Reading

Chouliarki, L. and Fairclough, N. Discourse in Late Modernity: Rethinking Critical Discourse Analysis, Edinburgh University Press. 1999.

Fairclough, Norman. Media Discourse. Hodder Arnold Publishing, 1995.

Fairclough, Norman. Discourse and Social Change, Blackwell Publishing, 2006 [1992].

van Dijk, Teun A. (ed).. Discourse Studies: A Multidisciplinary Introduction, 2nd ed. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications. 2011

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

 

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG443B - TRAVEL AND CITY NARRATIVES (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

Narratives shape lives and identities and they are indispensable to the construction of the self and the other. This course will engage with the travel and the city. It will read the city as well as narratives that shape the city. It will enable and equip students with ways to read and engage with the city. It will examine how various narratives that create the cityscape, the politics of its construction and the manner in which each of us make sense of the temporal and the spatial and how these configure the manner of our own engagements. Also travel narratives and narratives of cities are essential ways in which one can understand and engage with the world around us. 

 

Course Objectives

·         To understand how narratives shape and construct identities 

·         To examine the politics of identity creation

·         To enquire into how cities are constructed through narratives

·         To discover how city spaces can be engaged with 

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, the students will be able to

·         Define and demonstrate how narratives shape identities 

·         Evaluate the politics of cities and other spaces 

·         Create interpretive frameworks that will enable a nuanced understanding of cities with respect to their socio-political and cultural contexts.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:20
Reading the City and Travel Narratives
 

This unit will enable students to understand what constitute city studies or studies of a place through the matrices of space and time. It will equip them with essentials theories to deal with the praxis of reading and engaging with the city. 

 

·         Mario Miranda: Cartoons of the city (Bombay/Goa)

·         Paul Fernandes: Illustrations from Bangalore Swinging in the 70s.

  • Sudhir Patwardhan:  Paintings of the city                                    
Unit-2
Teaching Hours:20
Travel Narratives
 

This unit will introduce and discuss travel and how the travel is exoticized and in the process constructs specific identities for people and places. It will deal with narratives of travel and also literature influenced by travel narratives to enable us to see how narratives help reimagine the self and the other. 

·         Robert L Stevenson: Travels with a Donkey in the Cevennes

·         [Walter Salles: The Motorcycle Diaries (Film)]

·         Sameer Thahir: Blue Skies, Green Waters, Red Earth (Film)

·         Zac O’Yeah: Majestic: The Place of Constant Return

·         Sean Penn: Into the Wild (Film)

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:20
City Narratives
 

This section deals with how spatial identities get constructed through narrativizing the city. It not only looks into how the city get’s constructed but also how the ‘other’ and oftentimes the ‘self’ also gets reimagined and reconfigured in the process of narrativising. 

 

·         OrhanPamuk: Istanbul

·         Varun Thomas: The Black Dwarves of the Good Little Bay

·         Suketu Mehta: Bhopal Lives

·         Anurag Kashyap: Bombay Velvet (Film)

Text Books And Reference Books:

All prescribed texts in units / modules

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Bridge, Gary and Sophie Watson. The Blackwell City Reader, 2nd Edition. Blackwell Publishing, 2010. 

Calvino, Italo. Invisible Cities. William Weaver, trans. Harcourt Brace & Company, 1972. 

Duncan, James and Derek Gregory. Writes of Passage: Reading Travel Writing. Routledge, 1999.  

 

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG461 - CULTURAL PSYCHOLOGY (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 

Course Description

The course offers research orientation on various cultural issues in the contexts and provides an understanding of the culture and psychological processes involved.

 

Course Objectives 

  1. To understand the basis of cultural variations in the East and the West.

  2. To understand the limitations of Western approaches to explore Eastern perspectives in psychology. 

  3. To appraise various research methods that can be used in cross cultural research.

 

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, students will:

  1. Understand the interface between psychology and literature in cultural context. 

  2. Develop an understanding of how perception, concept of self, and identity is developed and could be expressed through literature.

  3. Develop sensitivity towards other cultures.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to Culture and Psychology
 

Definition, Importance and scope of Cultural Psychology; formation of culture; components of culture; Interface between Psychology and Culture; Cultural difference in Eastern and Western societies; Culture and human behaviour; Etics and Emics.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Perception and Culture
 

 Culture and developmental process, Culture and cognition: Perception: Definition, Identification, Organization and Interpretation; Effect of culture on sensing; Relationship between culture and perception process; Concept of face: Cultural interpretations placed on perception of beauty, and food.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Self, Identity, and culture
 

 Self: Definitions, Eastern and Western perspectives of self, Cultural influence in the development of self – concept. Identity: Definition, Identity and self, Identity and Stereotypes, Culture and development of identity; Culture and personality: Culture, Identity and Gender, Morality and culture, moral challenge in cultural migration; Big three ethics: Autonomy, Community and Divinity.

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Methods of Research
 

 Introduction to different methods of research in cross cultural psychology; Qualitative and Quantitative methodology: Quantitative methodology: Landmark studies in cross cultural psychology using quantitative methodology, Qualitative methodology: Landmark qualitative studies; Ethnography: Traditional ethnography, Mini ethnography; Narrative inquiry: Illness narratives.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 Matsumoto, D., & Juang, L. (2004). Culture and Psychology. 3rd Ed, United States.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Sinha, D. (l986). Psychology in a third world country: The Indian experience. New Delhi, Sage.

 

Dalal, A.K., Singh, A.K. and  Misra, G. (l988) Reconceptualization of achievement behavior: A cognitive approach. In. A. Dalal (ed.) Attribution theory and research. New Delhi: Wiley Eastern.

Evaluation Pattern

 CIA Evaluation pattern

Group Assignment

Individual Assignment

Mid semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

(Definition)

Section B

(Short note)

Section C

(Essay)

Section D

(Case Question)

Total

5×2=10

4×5=20

1×10=10

1×10=10

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

(Definition)

Section B

(Short note)

Section C

(Essay)

Section D

(Case Question)

Total

5×2=10

4×5=20

1×10=10

1×10=10

50

 

 

 

SDEN411 - KNOWLEDGE APPLICATION SKILLS (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course is designed in tangent with the course provided in the third semester which focuses on knowledge acquisition skills. Picking up from there, this course will enable learners to apply the learnings acquired in their third semester by situating it in various socio-political and personal context. The aim here is to nurture the skills required to apply the learnings to multiple domains.

Course Objectives

The course is designed to:

 

  1. Enhance skills required for knowledge application

  2. Develop and nurture metacognitive skills to enhance learning

  3. Hone and nurture their creative thinking and problem-solving abilities

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, the students would be able to:

 

  1. Apply the skills acquired from the sessions to personal and professional context

  2. Display informed understanding of various practices in social and professional contexts

  3. Demonstrate problem-solving and creative thinking abilities through multiple tasks.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Problem Solving: Show me the Logic
 

 

This unit will be divided into two modules, each of which would be taken up for two hours, and in the process will address the question of logical reasoning. The first module will focus on quantitative and the second module will focus on qualitative aspects of reasoning and logic. The aim of this unit in the make the learners aware of the multiple modes of thinking and practicing those, as much as possible, to any given context.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Creative Thinking: Think Differently
 

 

 

This unit will be divided into four modules namely Knocking on Brain’s Door, Originality is the Question, Let’s Put Our Case Across, Let's Color our World. Each of these modules will get a 2 hour slot. The main focus of this particular unit is the make the learners aware of the various ways in which they can think unconventionally and differently. The further division of this module into multiple sub-modules will further enable them to observe the essentiality of providing and comprehending information in chunks versus information in bits and pieces and reflect on the pros and cons of both.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Action Research: The Quest for Solution
 

 

 

This unit, like the last two units, is further divided into three modules namely Finding Solutions as Individuals, Finding Solution as a Group, Finding Solution as a Class, each restricting itself to a two hour slot. The main objective of this unit is to make the learners aware about the immediate problems they confront as an individual, as a social group, and as a class. As a part of this module, the learners will not only identify the problems but will develop intensive action research proposals to combat the problems at hand.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Innovativeness: Beyond the herd
 

 

This unit is primarily invested in the study of multiple Case Studies to understand and locate how innovative practices are exercised in and across the disciplines. The Case Studies will not be bombarded but will rather be divided on the basis of globally oriented problems concerning the society and ecology at large as well as discipline specific problems as identified by the class in consultation with the instructor. While Case Studies at a global and disciplinary level will be taken up for two hours each, the last two hours will be spent in a combination of activities emerging from the discussions in the previous classes.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
Practical Skills: Know Thyself, and The World
 

 

The last unit in this course focuses on discussing different perspectives about ways in which one can or should engage with their immediate surrounding. Like the last two units, this unit is also divided into three modules dealing with the identification of multiple modes of engagement in respect to the world at large, the discipline of study, as well as practical skills which can be implemented to engage with the same. The main objective of this unit is to enable learners understand themselves and posit themselves in a larger discourse emerging from their understanding of their disciplines of study and the world.

Text Books And Reference Books:

---

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

---

Evaluation Pattern

The evaluation will be based on the assessments formulated by the PTC student-instructors who facilitate each unit in the class. A continuous evaluation pattern will be followed whereby after the completion of each unit, an assignment will follow. The assessment will be done based on predefined rubrics and the score sheet needs to be tabulated. The cumulative score sheet is to be prepared at the end of the semester and the final Skill Development Score is to be computed.

BENG531 - CULTURAL STUDIES (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

The course attempts to introduce the students to the contemporary academic discipline of Cultural Studies. It will look into the various debates, movements and issues within this field. This can be an introductory course to various electives like Gender Studies, Popular Culture Studies etc.

 

Course Objectives

 

  • To equip students with the basic skills to engage with the debates, issues, texts and theories from the cultural studies perspective.

  • To introduce students to the interdisciplinary field of ‘culture’.

  • To open up the field of ‘culture’ as an academic and empowering area to engage with.

  • To familiarize the readers with the domains that intersect and influence cultural, i.e., everyday life

Course Outcome

Learning Outcome

At the end of the course students will be able to:

 

  • Engage with theories, text, issues and debate from the perspective of Cultural Studies in their research papers/presentations. 

  • Exhibit the understanding of ‘culture’ as an academic and empowering area in their discussion and discourse.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:20
Introduction to Culture and Cultural Studies
 

                                 

An introductory module that introduces both “culture” as well as the discipline and its institutionalization both in India and the “West”. The Unit aims to not merely introduce students to the origins and development of the discipline but also encourage them to be self-reflexive of the discipline in their own contexts.

  • Mrinalini Sebastian: “Understanding Cultural Studies”

  • Raymond Williams: “Introduction” from Culture and Society

  • Ratheesh Radahakrishnan: Cultural Studies in India: A Preliminary Report on the Institutionalization of Cultural Studies in India

  • Stuart Hall: “Cultural Studies and its Theoretical Legacies”

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:20
Culture and the Nation
 

                                                                              

“Culture and the Nation” introduces debates and discourses about the nation, its making and its imagination. The spaces where the nation is imagined – from education policies to the classrooms; in folktales; in discourses of inclusion and exclusion—are looked at in this module to enable the understanding of the constructedness of the nation.

  • Nandana Dutta: “Narrative Agency and Thinking about Conflicts” from Beyond Counter-Insurgency by SanjibBaruah

  • Gopal Guru: “The Idea of India: Derivative, Desi and Beyond”

  • A.K. Ramanujan: “Tell it to the Walls: On Folktales in Indian Culture”

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:20
Cultural Studies and the Subaltern
 

“Cultural Studies and the Sublatern” interrogates the what and how of subalternity from a cultural studies perspective. This unit aims to enable students to understand the subaltern space as a space of meaning-making that cuts across several tangents like religion, caste, gender and human rights, among others.

  • Kancha Ilaiah: Extracts from Why I am Not a Hindu?

  • M. T. Ansari: “In the Interstices of the Subject: Islamic Identity in India

  • Gyanendra Pandey: “Can a Muslim be an Indian?”

  • Pramod K Nayar: “Subalternity and Translation: The Cultural Apparatus of Human Rights”

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Cultural Imaginary and the Virtual World
 

This unit will look at the role of virtual platforms in shaping the Indian political and cultural imagination. 

  • Pramod K. Nayar: “‘I Sing the Body Biometric’: Surveillance and Biological Citizenship” EPWXLVII: 32; August 2012

  • Biju P. R.: Political Internet: State and Politics in the Age of Social Media

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

Required Library Reading: Unit 1

  • Matthew Arnold: Excerpts from Culture and Anarchy

  • F. R. Leavis “Mass Civilization and Minority Culture”

  • Roland Barthes: “Myth Today”

Required Library Reading: Unit 2

  • Gauri Viswanathan: Introduction to Masks of Conquest

  • Partha Chatterjee: “Whose Imagined Community?”

  • Salman Rushdie: “Imaginary Homelands”

  • AshisNandy: Preface to The Intimate Enemy

  • Louis Althusser: “Ideology and Ideological State Apparatuses”

  • Antonio Gramsci: “Hegemony, Intellectuals and the State”

  • Theodor W Adorno: “The Culture Industry Reconsidered.”

Required Library Reading: Unit 3

  • Gayatri Spivak: “Can the Subaltern Speak?”

  • KanchaIlaiah:Why I am not a Hindu; Post –Hindu India, a discourse on Dalit-Bahujan, socio-spiritual and scientific revolution'

  • Tejaswini Niranjana: “Feminism and Cultural Studies in Asia”

  • Partha Chatterjee: “After Subaltern Studies” from EPW Vol XLVII No. 35.

 

Required Library Reading: Unit 4

 ShuddabrataSengupata: “Everyday Surveillance: ID Cards, Cameras and a Database of Ditties”

  • Rana Dasgupta: “The Face of the Future: Biometric Surveillance and Progress”fromSarai Reader 2

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Advani, Shalini. Schooling the National Imagination: Education, English and the Indian Modern.New Delhi: Oxford UP, 2012. Print.

Amin, Shahid. Event, Metaphor, Memory: ChauriChaura 1922-1992. Delhi: Oxford UP, 1995. Print.

Baker, Chris. The Sage Dictionary Of Cultural Studies. London: Sage Publications, 2004. Print.

Bennet, Tony, and John Frow, eds. The Sage Handbook of Cultural Analysis.London: Sage Publications, 2008. Print.

Brooker, Peter. A Glossary of Cultural Theory.London: Arnold Publishing, 2003. Print.

Dharwadker, Vinay.The Collected Essays of A. K.Ramanujan. Delhi: Oxford, 1999, Print.

During, Simon, ed. The Cultural Studies Reader.3rd ed. London: Routledge, 1993. Print.

---. Cultural Studies:A Critical Introduction.Oxon: Routledge, 2005. Print.

Edwards, Tim. Cultural Theory: Classical & Contemporary Positions. London: Sage Publications, 2007. Print.

Hall, Gary, and Claire Birchall. New Cultural Studies: Adventures in Theory. Edinburgh: Edinburgh UP, 2006. Print.

Hesmondhalgh, Desmond. The Culture Industries. London: Sage Publications, 2007. Print.

Milner, Andrew, and Jeff Browitt. Contemporary Cultural Theory. 3rd ed. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2003. Print.

Munns, Jessica, and Gita Rajan, eds. A Cultural Studies Reader: History, Theory and Practice. London: Longman, 1995. Print.

Nayar, Pramod K. Introduction to Cultural Studies. Delhi: Viva, 2009. Print.

Payne, Michael, ed. A Dictionary of Cultural and Critical Theory. Malden: Blackwell Publishing, 1997. Print.

Poduval, Satish. Ed. Refiguring Culture:History, Theory and the Aesthetic in Contemporary India. New Delhi: SahityaAkademi, 2005. Print.

Rushdie, Salman. Step Across this Line. NewYork: The Modern Library, 2003. Print.

 

Smith, Phillip, and Alexander Riley. Cultural Theory: An Introduction. Malden: Blackwell Publishing, 2009. Print

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 

CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG532 - LANGUAGE, CLASSROOM, AND PEDAGOGY (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The purpose of this compulsory course is to introduce the concepts of language teaching and learning within classroom spaces and beyond, help students understand how pedagogic spaces are constructed and what their social implications are. The course also intends to explore issues related to assessment in formal as well as semi-formal settings.

Objectives:

    Familiarise concepts of language teaching and learning

    Understand the politics of language, its teaching and learning

    To socially and culturally interrogate the questions of language

 

 

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, students would be able to:

    Critically locate and position debates around language, language teaching and language learning

    Elaborate and carry forward the engagement with language policies

    Create critically informed arguments both in thought and writing about the politics of language production and classroom pedagogies.

    Use the English language to map and delineate the discursive construction of English language, especially in India.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction
 

Introductory sessions on conceptualising classrooms, pedagogies and language teaching

 

1.Tracing historical developments in Language Teaching: Grammar translation, direct method, audio-lingual method, situational language teaching, total physical response, the natural approach, the communicative approach, the silent way, suggestopedia, community language learning, task based language teaching.

Understanding notions of classrooms as pedagogic spaces    

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Language Classrooms as Contested spaces
 

1.Global issues in language teaching

2.Contextualising english language education in the Indian context

3.Social identities in pedagogic spaces- challenges and concerns (Key text: Pedagogy of the Oppressed)

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Language classrooms: theories of affect and cognition in pedagogy
 

1.Language Acquisition/ Learning theories

2.Brief introduction to: B.F.Skinner, Noam Chomsky, Vygotsky, Krashen, Jean Piaget

3.Acculturation Model- Schumann, Accommodation theory- Giles & Byrne, Discourse theory-Hatch, Variable Competence Model- Ellis, Universal Hypothesis- Wode, Neurofunctional Theory- Lamendella, Stenhouse, Tyler, Bobbitt, Taba, Nunan. (Major definitions, types and difference).

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Basic components of syllabus, curriculum design and pedagogy
 

Syllabus, curriculum design

1.Understanding curriculum and syllabus

Processes in syllabus and curriculum design    

Testing and Assessment

1.Understanding Evaluation, Assessment and Testing, Content-based and Skill-based Testing

2.Validity, reliability, standardised testing

3.Alternative teaching and assessment practices

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:15
English language teaching in India
 

1.Studies on bilingualism and multilingualism

Situating English language in a multilingual context    

Text Books And Reference Books:

Compilation of text

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Bailey, Richard W. Images of English. A Cultural History of the Language. Cambridge: CUP 1991.

Bayer, Jennifer. Language and social identity. In: Multilingualism in India. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd: 101-111. 1990.

Durairajan, G. (2015). Assessing Learners. A Pedagogic Resource. India: Cambridge University Press.

Ellis, R. Understanding Second Language Acquisition. Oxford:OUP. 1991.

Freire, P. (2014). Pedagogy of hope: Reliving pedagogy of the oppressed. Bloomsbury Publishing.

Richards Jack C. Curriculum Development in Language Teaching. India: Cambridge University Press. 2001.

Richards Jack C. and Rodgers Theodore S. Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching. Cambridge University Press.1986.

Widdowson, H G. Teaching Language as Communication. Oxford University Press.1978.

Ur, P. 1996. A Course in Language Teaching: Practice and Theory. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA 1: Research based CIA based on 1st and 2nd units

Mid-semester Exams

CIA 2: Designing a textbook.

BENG533 - ECOLOGICAL DISCOURSES AND PRACTICES (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This paper is conceptualised to address one of the pressing concerns of our times – Ecology. Framed from an English Studies perspective, it first attempts to help the entrant get grounding in the field and then gradually leads on to discuss Anthropocentricism, Eco Activism and Ecological Self. The paper understands that it cannot address its objectives with a textual engagement alone and hence opens up for field visits.

Objectives:

    To introduce ecological concerns to the student of English Studies

    To explore an interdisciplinary engagement with Ecology

    To examine diverse contexts and concerns in the field

    To promote ecological consciousness

    To acknowledge field work-based learning as an important academic practice

    Entry Level Knowledge: Learners are expected to have a working knowledge of English and basic ecological awareness

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, the student should be able to

 

  • Critically engage in  varied debates and discourses on ecology through news paper articles/blogs/vlogs

  • To critically question the capitalist, statist and communitarian interlocks in an ecological context through research papers and academic discussion.

  • Engage in the complex self-nature inter-relationship in day to day life and exhibit ecological consciousness through eco-friendly life style.

  • Play an effective role in responding to contemporary ecological crises through active participation in campaign and movements.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:20
Introduction
 

This unit introduces the students to a basic domain-specific vocabulary and the key debates it operates with.

  • “Nobody Was Supposed to Survive” by Alice Walker

Terms and Concepts 

  • Altruism, Ecology, Environment, Biodiversity, Biocentricism, Anthropocentricism, Conservation, Climate Change, Cloning, Food Chain, Carbon Food Print, Ecosystem, Ecopsychology, Ecofeminism, Ecocriticism, Environmental Ethics, Environmental Philosophy, Gia Theory, Deep Ecology, MOVE, Behavioural Ecology, Genetics, Habitats and Niches, Biomes, Political Ecology, Postmodern Enivronmentalism, Sustainability, Symbiosis, Environmental Overkill, Ecocreation, Eco-Warrior, Social Ecology, Ecotopian Discourse, Ecological Philosophy, Ecological Self, Romanticism, Utilitarianism, 

Eco- Feminism

  • Vandana Shiva: Selections from Staying Alive

Poetry

  • Alice Walker: “On Stripping Bark from Myself”

The Ecology of Affluence 

  • The significance of Silent Spring – how a book by a woman scientist changed the world; The Environmental Debate – Science and the discourse of ecological crisis; The Environmetnal Movement – Environmental Action in Europe and the United States; Radical American Environmentalism – the competing claims of Deep Ecology and Environmental Justice; The German Greens – how a protest movement became a political party

The Southern Challenge: 

  • The postmaterialist hypothesis is challenged; The Environmentalism of the poor – Social Action among the desperately disadvantaged in the Third World; An India/Brazil Comparison – ecological degradation and environmental protest in two large and important countries; A Chipko/Chico Comparison – the parallels between two famous forest movements; Redefining Development – bringing back nature and the people 

 

  • William Cronon: “The Trouble with Wilderness; or, Getting Back to the Wrong Nature”

  • Ramachandra Guha: “Radical American Environmentalism and Wilderness Preservation: A Third World Critique” 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:20
Anthropocentricism
 

This unit invites the students to understand and critique how most of our perceptions are guided by anthropocentric conceptions.

  • A. K. Ramanujan:Introduction and a selected short story from The Flowering Tree 

  • Amitav Ghosh:Excerpts from The Great Derangement

  • Beerappa: Angst

Poetry

 

  • DilipChithre: “The Felling of the Banyan Tree”


Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Eco Activism
 

This unit introduces students to diverse cases, contexts, and complexities of eco-activism in the country and abroad. 

  • Lyla Bavdam: “Integrated Study Needed for Ghats,” an interview with Professor Madhav Gadgil, 

  • Harini Nagendra: “Protecting Urban Diversity”

Poetry

 

  • Ken SaroWiwa: “The Call,” “Keep out of Prison” (to introduce Ecological Racism and SaroWiwa’s activism for the survival of Ogoni people of Nigeria.)

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:20
Ecological Self
 

This segment, by exhibiting renowned cases of people who have exhibited an ecological self, invites the students to consider it as a definitive need of our times and spaces.

  • Thoreau: “Where I Lived, and What I Lived for”, Excerpts from Walden

M J Prabhu: “Greenspace: Tree Man” 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Compilation

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Bavadam, Lyla. “Integrated Study Needed for Ghats.” Interview with Madhav Gadgil. Frontline: 28 July, 2012. Print. 

Bindra, Prerna Singh. Voices in the Wilderness. Rupa & Co. 2010. Print.

Benton, L.M. and J.R. Short. Environmental Discourse and Practice. Oxford. 1998. Print.

Guha, Ramachandra. Environmentalism: A Global History. Longman. 2000. Print.

Nagendra, Harini. “Protecting Urban Diversity.” The Hindu: Survey of Environment 2010: 7-30. Print.

Ramanujam A.K. A Flowering Tree and Other tales from India. 1997. Print.

 

Sivramakrishna, Sashi. “Production Cycles and Decline in Traditional Iron Smelting in Maidan, Southern India, C. 1750-1950: An Environmental History Perspective” Environment and History (2009): 163-97. Print.

Evaluation Pattern

 

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

 

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  


CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG541EA - INDIAN LITERATURES: PROBLEMS AND PERSPECTIVES (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This paper introduces students to key themes and concerns in Indian Literatures. This is a survey course that serves as an introduction to main issues and concepts in Indian Literatures. Categories and nomenclatures are debated and challenged in and through the selections. The course is a mix of traditional as well as contemporary literatures written both in English as well as other regional languages translated into English.

 

Course Objectives

  • To understand the complexities of cultural, economic, political and social forces and their impact on the production of literatures in India of different classes and backgrounds

  • To understand the religious, caste, gender, colonial, national constructs in India through its literatures and thereby develop sensitivity and add to the core value of love for fellow beings

  • To become aware of methods interpreting literary texts in the contemporary context

 

Level of Knowledge

Working knowledge of English

 

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, the student should be able to:

  • Identify and reflect on the complexities of cultural, economic, political and social forces in the production of literatures in India through critical debate and discussion in seminars/conferences.

  • Identify and critically analyse implication of the religion, caste, gender, nationality, and colonialism in Indian literatures through research papers/blogs/articles etc.

  • Exhibit sensitivity to the core value of love for fellow being in general/public discussion in day to day life.

  • Exhibit awareness of the methodological concerns in interpreting literary texts in the contemporary context in their research papers and public discourse.

  • Political, social, ideological, literary implications of understanding India as a construct.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:20
Essays
 

This module will introduce students to the category of Indian Literatures, its survey of different aspects of the body of writing as well as a critical understanding of the knowledge systems indigenous to India.

 

  • P P Raveendran: “Genealogies of Indian Literatures”, Economic and Political Weekly (June 24, 2006)
  • Amartya Sen: “Indian Tradition and Western Imagination”, Daedalus, Vol. 126, No. 2, Human Diversity (Spring, 1997)
  • A. K Ramanujan “Is there an Indian Way of Thinking?”
  • G. N. Devy on Indian Literature
Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Poetry
 

This module surveys select poetry from contemporary India. It surveys cities, people and ideas like faith and non-violence located within the Indian context.

 

  • K Satchidanandan “A Man with a Door”
  • Mirza Ghalib “Be Merciful and Send for Me”
  • Bonsai God by TemsulaAo
  • BasavannaVachana “Cripple me, father”
  • Sangam Poetry IlamPeruvatuti “This world Lives Because”
Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Play
 

This module introduces students to caste and its underpinnings through a translated Dalit Drama by Vinodini. It will also introduce the Subaltern as a conceptual category and interrogate questions of caste within gender, class and other hierarchic structures.                                                                                                                         

Daaham (Thirst) – Vinodini

 

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Short Fiction
 

This selection of short fiction introduces students to a variety of readings about the nation, partition, women and their social roles as well as resistance to established traditions.

Ambai: “A Kitchen in the Corner of a House”

Saadat Hasan Manto: “Dog of Tithwal”

Munshi Premchand: “The Shroud”

Pethavan-The Begetter by Imayam

 

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Novel
 

This section introduces the novel form as appropriated in the Indian context. The module will aim to familiarize students to Indian writing in English and bring forth important questions with regard to English and India apart from discussing the thematic concerns in the novel. Understanding ‘India’ in the contemporary context through the form of the novel will be the focus of this module. A thematic reading of the novel will also be done in class.

Amitav Ghosh The Glass Palace

 

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Compilation

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Chakravorty - Spivak, Gayatri. The Politics of Translation  Tutun Mukherjee, Lawrence Venuti. (ed). Translation Studies Reader. London/New York; Routeldge, 2003.

Studies in Culture and Translation. Vol. 2 ‘Translating Caste’ Basu, Tapan. Katha, 2002. New Delhi.

Das, Kamala. The Sandal Trees and Other Stories. Disha Books. 1995, New Delhi.

Fresh Fictions, Folk Tales, Plays and Novellas from the North East. Katha. New    Delhi, 2005

Indian Short Stories. 1900-2000. Ramakrishnan, E.V. (ed). Sahithya Academy New Delhi, 2003.

Indian Literature,Sahithya Academy, bi-monthly journal. Vol.167, New Delhi, 1995.

Indian Literature,Sahithya Academy, bi-monthly journal. Vol .168, New Delhi, 1995.

Indian Literature,Sahithya Academy, bi-monthly journal. Vol.169, New Delhi, 1995.

Journal of Literature and Aesthetics. Vol.7, Numbers1 & 2 Jan- Dec.2007.Kollam, 2008.

Nandy, Ashis. The Intimate Enemy, New Delhi: O.U.P. 1989.

Short Fiction from South India, Krishna Swami, Subasree. Sreelatha.K (ed), New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2008.

Stuart Blackburn and VasudhaDalmia (ed). India’s Literary History. Essays on the Nineteenth Century. New Delhi: Permanent Black, 2008.

Tendulkar, Vijay. Five Plays. Bombay: 1992.OUP. 2007, New Delhi.

Tamil Poetry Today, K.S. Subramanian (ed). International Institute for Tamil Studies, Chennai 2007.

 

 

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

 

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA I: 20 Marks

Comparative Study of the issues of any one prescribed piece with another one piece from any Indian language. Written assignment on any of the typical Indian issues discussed as part of the syllabus.       

 

CIA III: 20 Marks

Could be a Translation Assignment of any contemporary literary work (poems or short stories).

written assignment on any prescribed piece bringing out the problems of translation

If the students do not know how to read a regional language, they can listen to a story/poem from the oral tradition and translate that.Some students might not have the linguistic competence to translate then, they can learn a folk art form/gather some folk, oral narratives, recipes, sports and analyze them.

 

BENG542EA - REVISITING INDIAN EPICS (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This paper will re-visit the two popular Indian epics – Mahabharata and Ramayana. Mahabharata and Ramayana are not mere literary texts in India; no Indian reader reads them for the first time. As Prof.Anantamurthy points out they function as languages and prompt new narratives in literary traditions. The paper intends to read the critical discussions and creative re-presentations of the epics – Mahabharata and Ramayana. The essays will probe the posited meanings in the tellings of the epics. The other two modules will look at the creative interpretations, re-presentations of certain episodes, marginal characters from the epics.

 

Course Objectives

  • To study the two Indian epics and literary works based on them

  • To understand the process of re-visioning a text

  • To understand the contexts that prompts the re-visioning of an epic

 

Level of Knowledge

 

Basic ability to read and interpret texts

 

Course Outcome

At the end of the course students will be able to:

  • Identity and reflect on the cultural politics of Indian society through the rereading of Indian epics in academic/public discourse.

  • Exhibit the process of re-visioning a text in their research papers/blogs/articles.

  • Skills to be Developed

    • Analytical Skills

    • Critical Reading Skills

    • Critical Thinking

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Essays
 

 

 

  • U. R. Ananthamurthy: “Towards the Concept of a New Nationhood: Languages and Literatures in India” ((Talk delivered at Institute of Physics, Bhubaneswar, India on 3 September, 2006)

  • Sheldon Pollock: “Ramayana and Political Imagination in India”

  • Alf Hiltebeitel: “Empire, Invasion, and India's National Epics

  • Romila Thapar: “Sakuntala: Texts, Histories, Readings”

  • AK. Ramanujan: “Three Hundred Ramayanas: Five Examples and Three Thoughts on Translation”

 

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
: Short Stories
 

 

  • Sara Joseph’s Stories (Tr. VasantiSankranarayanan):  Retelling the Ramayana: Voices from Kerala

  • S. Sivasekaram: “The Nature of Stone: Ahalya” (Tr. Lakshmi HolmstormRamayana Stories in Modern South India, compiled and edited by Paula Richman)

  • “Everyone has Anxieties”, Telugu folk song, (tr. Velachuru Narayana Rao, Ramayana Stories in Modern South India

  • Sita Sings the Blues

  • Oral Folk songs of Manteswamy and Male Mahadeshwara (ed. C. N. Ramachandra)

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:30
Novels and Drama
 

  • N. Sreekantan Nair: Kanchana Sita

  • Kuvempu: BeralgeKoral

  • DevduttPattnaik: The Pregnant King

Text Books And Reference Books:

Compilation

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Paula Richman.(ed) Many Ramayanas: The Diversity of a Narrative Tradition in South Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1991

Nick Allen. “Just war in the Mahabharata” in The Ethics of War: Shared Problems in Different Traditions (eds) Richard Sorabji and David Rodin, Ahsgate. 2006/7

Bimal Krishna Matilal. “Krishna: In Defence of a Devious Divinity” & “The Throne: Was Duryodhana Wrong?” in Ethics and Epics edited by JonardanGaneri. New York: Oxford University Press, 2002

Velcheru Narayana Rao. “A Ramayana of their own: Women’s Oral Tradition in Telugu” in Paula Richman edsMany Ramayanas. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1991

Alf Hiltebietel. “The Epic of Pabuji” &  “Draupadi Becomes Bela, Bela Becomes Sati” in Rethinking India’s Oral and Classical Epics: Draupadi among Rajputs, Muslims, and Dalits. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1999

Marie Gillsepie. “The Mahabharata: From Sanskrit to Sacred Soap. A case study of the Reception of Two Contemporary Televisual Versions” in “Reading audiences Young People and the Media” Manchester and New York: Manchester University Press, 1993

Laurie J. Sears. “Mysticism and Islam in Javanese Ramayana Tales”. Mandakranta Bose. The Ramayana Revisited. New York: Oxford University Press, 2004.

Julie B. Mehta. “The Ramayana in the Arts of Thailand and Cambodia”. Mandakranta Bose. The Ramayana Revisited. (New York: Oxford University Press, 2004.

Kapila Vatsyayan. “The Ramayana Theme in the Visual Arts of South and Southeast Asia” in Mandakranta Bose. The Ramayana Revisited. New York: Oxford University Press, 2004.

Malashri Lal and NamitaGokhale. In Search of Sita: Revisiting Mythology. New Delhi: Penguin Books, 2009.





Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  


CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG543EA - CREATIVE WRITING (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course will introduce students to the skills and tools needed for a creative writer with special focus on the reading and writing of two genres fiction, and creative non-fiction along with some attention composition of free verse poetry as well. This is a process oriented course so there will be much experimental work in class, a variety of assignments to try new things, and reading of “the masters.” Emphasis will be placed on discussion, re-visioning and class critiques. 

 

Course Objectives

  • explore the creative process through writing

  • define/determine individual goals as a writer

  • expand & refine vocabulary & style resources

  • become familiar with the conventions of craft (specific to genre)

  • learn about varied techniques of fiction, non-fiction & poetry

  • learn how to critique (and be critiqued) constructively

  • reinforce revising skills, not only of language but also of ideas

 

Course Outcome

At the end of the course students will be able to:

  • Exhibit the techniques of fiction, non-fiction and poetry in their creative works.

  • Exhibit the techniques of constructive criticism of creative works.

  • Exhibit effective revising skills in their drafts of creative works.

Skills to be Developed

  • Analytical Skills

  • Critical Reading Skills

  • Critical Thinking

 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Creative Writing
 

 

  • Stephen Koch, Anne Lammot, Zinser, Strunk etc. (Excerpts)

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Writer?s Writers
 

Ernest Hemingway, Raymond Carver, Alice Munro, Lydia Davis, Pankaj Mishra, Michael Ondaatje, Malcom Gladwell, WislawaSymborzka, Lorna Crozier etc (Excerpts)

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Shaping the tale (Short fiction)
 
  • Sense of Place, Peopling the tales, Taking the stiffness out of dialogue

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Literary Nonfiction
 

 

  • Spotting the extraordinary in the ordinary, the fictional in the ‘real’—Making the everyday dramatic and alive

  • Emplacing experiences, capturing the inanimate animatedly

  • Immediacy and Narration

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:15
Free verse
 
  • Thomas Transtromer, WislawaSymborzka, Charles Bukowski, John Ashbery, Anne Sexton, A. K. Ramanujan, Arundhati Subhramaniam etc.

 

  • The voice in poetry, narrative in verse, suggesting as against saying, irony and the use of metaphors, images, refrains etc.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Compilation

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Koch, Stephen. The Modern Library Writer’s Workshop: A Guide to the Craft of Fiction. New York: Modern Library, 2003.

Lamott, Anne. Bird by Bird: Some Instructions on Writing and Life. New York: Anchor, 1995.

Close, Charlie. The Art of the Very Short Story: A Guide for Readers and Writers. Amazon Digital, 2014.

King, Stephen. On Writing. Hodder & Stoughton, 2012.

Bukowski, Charles. On Writing. Canongate, 2015.

Strunk, William & E. B. White. The Elements of Style. Pearson, 1999.

Zinsser, William. On Writing Well: The Classic Guide to Writing Nonfiction. Harper Perennial, 2016.







Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Pattern

CIA 1: Free Writing Extempore Exercise- Poem/Fiction/Non-Fiction

CIA 2: Developing a Storyline with three given characters. 

CIA 3: The Protagonist and the milieu- connected writing exercise

 

CIA 4: Final Draft of the chosen story/nonfiction

BENG544EA - READING GRAPHIC NARRATIVES (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

The course aims to introduce students to the genre of graphic narratives in the form of comics, novels, cartoon strips, graffiti and other forms of graphic narratives. The course aims to equip students with skills to engage with graphic narratives as ‘texts’ or ‘signifying systems’, will provide them with tools to read graphic narratives and critique them as informed readers of graphic  narratives. It will enable them to treat and study graphic narratives as ‘serious art’ and also understand the academic implications of studying such texts.  

 

Course Objectives

The course objectives are to enable enable students to

  • ‘Read’ graphic narratives

  • distinguish between graphic narratives and comics

  • to understand the role of graphic narratives studies in academia

  • situating the reading and critiquing of graphic narratives.

  • Understand the ‘art’ of graphic narratives

 

Level of Knowledge

Interest in cultural studies, knowledge of cultural theories and interest in the ‘popular’. Also interest in visual culture and graphic art. 

Course Outcome

At At the end of the course students will be able to: 

  • Engage with these ‘texts’ in a nuanced and critical manner in their research writings and conference presentation. 

  • Exhibit critical thinking and analytical skills alongside an appreciation of graphic narratives as an ‘art’ their research papers/blogs/articles.

  • Critique visuality and graphic narratives around one

  • Understand the politics of visuality.

Skills to be Developed

  • Analytical Skills

  • Critical Reading Skills

  • Critical Thinking

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction: Graphic Narratives
 

 

  • Catherine Labio: “What's in a Name? The Academic Study of Comics and the ‘Graphic Novel’”.

  • Anne Behler: “Getting Started with Graphic Novels: A Guide for the Beginner”

  • Eddie Campbell: “What is a Graphic Novel?”

  • Angela Ndalianis: “Why Comics Studies?”

  • Aaron Meskin: “Defining Comics?”

  • Masami Toku:  “What is Manga?: The Influence of Pop Culture in Adolescent Art”

  • Katherine Roeder: “Looking High and Low at Comic Art”

  • Rachel Masilamani: “Documenting Illegal Art: Collaborative Software, Online Environments and New YorkCity's 1970s and 1980s Graffiti Art Movement”

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Reading Graphic Narratives
 
  • Robert S Petersen: “The Language of Graphic Narratives”

  • Will Eisner: “Writing and Sequential Art”

  • Robert S Petersen: “Digital Comics”

  • Silke Horstkotte and Nancy Pedri: “Focalization in Graphic Narrative

  • Don F Nilsen: “The Grammar of Graffiti”

  • Ashley K Dallacqua: “Exploring Literary Devices in Graphic Novels”

  • Claudia Barnett: “The Death of Graffiti: Postmodernism and the New York City Subway”

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:20
Engaging with Graphic Narratives
 

 

  • Mark McKinney: “Representations of History and Politics in French-Language Comics and Graphic Novels: An Introduction”

  • Baru: “The Working Class and Comics: A French Cartoonist’s Perspective”

  • Robert G Weiner: “Graphic Novels and Literature, Then and Now”

  • Alyson E King: “Cartooning History: Canada's Stories in Graphic Novels

  • Robert S Petersen:  “Post–World War II Art Graphic Narratives”

  • Ashley Kaye Dallacqua: “Exploring the Connection between Graphic Novel and Film”

  • Rivke Jaffe, Kevon Rhiney and Cavell Francis: “‘Throw Word’: Graffiti, Space and Power in Kingston, Jamaica”

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Graphic Narratives/Texts
 
  • Marjane Satrapi: Persepolis

  • Neil Gaiman: The Graveyard Story

  • Peanuts (selections)

  • Calvin and Hobbes (selections)

  • Sarnath Banerjee: Corridors

  • Select Marvel Comics

  • Graffiti – Bansky and others

  • Art Speigelman: Maus

Text Books And Reference Books:

Compilation

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

Will Eisner: Comics and Sequential Art

Scott McCloud: Understanding Comics

Robert Petersen: Comics, Manga and Graphic Novels

Mieke Bal: Narrative Theory

Mark  MacKinney ed. : History and Politics in French Language Comics and Graphic Novels

Annalisa D Liddo: Alan Moore: Comics as Performance, Fiction as Scalpel

 

Robert G Weiner: Marvel: Graphic Novels and Related Publications

Evaluation Pattern

 

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 

CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

 

 

BENG545EA - READING SCIENCE FICTION (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course would serve as an introduction to the genre for undergraduate students. It would introduce them to the key texts of the genre and kindle their interests in further exploring the sub-categories within the genre. The texts chosen would chronologically trace the evolution of the genre and the types of reception science fiction received during different times. Select novels/texts would be informed at the beginning of the semester which would then be engaged through the course of the semester.

 

Course Objectives

 

  • To gain an understanding of contemporary and future science fiction by studying the history of the genre and  many of the works that initiated important conversations 

  • To understand what it means to be human in a changing world 

  • discuss how the genre got to be what it is today by comparing the works and their place in the evolution of SF, from the earliest prototypical examples through recent work.

Course Outcome

At the end of the course students will be able to:

  • Undertake nuanced reading of science fiction texts and look at the texts as expressions of social trends rather than mere forays into a world of imagination. 

  • Differentiate between the sub-genres within science fiction and the major ideologies that go into the production and dissemination of these sub-genres.

  • Exhibit the critical thinking and analytical skills in appreciating Sci-Fi literature in their research papers/blogs/articles etc.


Skills to be Developed

 

  • Analytical Skills

  • Critical Reading Skills

  • Critical Thinking

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Humans, Monsters and Machines
 

Novels

Frankenstein – Mary Shelley/H G Wells-The Time Machine

“Fog Horn” – Ray Bradbury

2001: A Space Odyssey – Stanley Kubrick

The Thing - John Carpenter

 

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Dystopia
 

Brave New World – Aldous Huxley

Handmaid’s Tale – Margaret Atwood

Lilith’s Brood- Octavia Butler (Dawn)

 

Children of Men – Alfonso Cuaron

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Identity
 

The Left Hand of Darkness – Ursula Le Guinn

Blade Runner – Ridley Scott

 

Selections from I, Robot – Issac Asimov

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Cyberpunk (Man-Machine Interface)
 

Neuromancer – William Gibson

“Sentinel” – Arthur C Clarke

The Matrix – Wachowski Borthers

 

“By His Bootstraps” – Robert Heinlein

Text Books And Reference Books:

Compilation

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Hollinger, Veronica. “Contemporary Trends in Science Fiction.” Science Fiction Studies.No. 78, Vol. 26, 1999.

Bell, David and Barbara M. Kennedy. Eds. The Cybercultures Reader. New York: Routledge, 2000. Print. (Excerpts)

Carey, Peter. What is Post-humanism? Minneapolis, University of Minnesota Press, 2010. Print

 

 

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 

CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

 

BENG546EA - POSTCOLONIAL LITERATURES (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Description:

Postcolonialism may be defined, following Robert Young, as the perspective provided by theories that analyze the material and epistemological conditions of postcoloniality and seek to combat the continuing, often covert operation of an imperialist system of economic, political and cultural domination. This course will examine, through the lens of postcolonial theories, major literary and filmic texts that, as John McLeod puts it, have been produced by people from countries with a history of colonialism, primarily those concerned with the workings and legacy of colonialism, and resistance to it, in either the past or the present. The course will use postcolonial theories to discuss the ways in which the literary forms of fiction, film and autobiography both depict and question postcolonial realities in nations ranging from India to Nigeria.

Objectives:

    Students will be familiarized with a variety of world literatures as well as methods of studying literature and culture across national and linguistic boundaries and evaluate the nature, function and value of literature from a postcolonial perspective.

    The course aims to develop the student’s capacity to think critically about postcolonial literatures in a comparative framework. Important issues that we will consider are the construction of nation and national culture, the role of education and language, and hybridity, gender, and the disenfranchised in the formation of colonial and postcolonial identities.

    It also aims to develop the student’s capacity to understand how the genres or forms in which writers treat postcolonial issues shape their representation of postcolonial realities and identities.  

Course Outcome

 At the end of the course the students should be able to

  • Critically understand the representation of the postcolonial situation

  • Interrogate the postcolonial question in texts from several areas of the formerly colonized world.

  • Comprehend and critique notions of class, gender, and ethnicity in texts and contexts  from the formerly colonized world.

  • Express their understanding of specific literary texts as postcolonial texts through class discussions.

  • Produce one research paper.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:30
Introduction to postcolonial theories
 
  • What does the “post” in the term postcolonialism signify?

  • Ania Loomba: from Colonialism/Postcolonialism “Chapter One: Situating Colonial and Postcolonial Studies,” pp. 7-24.

  • AiméCésaire: “From ‘Discourse on Colonialism,’” pp. 172-180.

  • GayatriChakravorty Spivak: “Can the Subaltern Speak”

  • Frantz Fanon: The Wretched of the Earth (Excerpts)

  • Said: Orientalism (Excerpts)

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:30
Resisting Voices: the doubly disenfranchised within the postcolonial space
 
  • K. Janu: Mother Forest, the Unfinished Story of C. K. Janu

  • Mahashweta Devi: “Draupadi”

  • Abdul Jan Mohammed: “Between Speaking and Dying”

  • Arundhati Roy: The God of Small Things

  • Azar Nafisi: Reading Lolita in Tehran

  • Jamaica Kincaid: A Small Place

  • Derek Walcott: “Castaway”

  • Sharmila Rege: “Janabai Kachru Girhe: Marankala”

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Writing Back: From Fiction to the Screen
 
  • Jhumpa Lahiri and Mira Nair: The Namesake (the novel and the movie) 

  • Chimamanda Adichie and Biyi Bandele: Half of a Yellow Sun

Text Books And Reference Books:

Prescribed Texts

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Anderson, Benedict. Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of 

Nationalism. Revised Edition. London and New York: Verso, 1991.

Bhabha, Homi. “Signs Taken for Wonders.” The Post-Colonial Studies Reader. Eds. Bill 

Ashcroft, Gareth Griffiths, Helen Tiffin. London and New York: Routledge, 1995. 

Chatterjee, Partha. “Nationalism as a Problem.” The Post-Colonial Studies Reader. Eds. Bill 

Ashcroft, Gareth Griffiths, Helen Tiffin. New York and London: Routledge, 1995.

Mohanty, Chandra Talpade. “Under Western Eyes: Feminist Scholarship and Colonial 

Discourses”. The Post-colonial Studies Reader. Eds. Bill Ashcroft, Gareth Griffiths, Helen Tiffin. London and New York: Routledge, 1995. 

Mudimbe, V. Y., The Invention of Africa. New York: Indiana University Press, 1988.

Nationalism and Sexualities. Eds. Andrew Parker, Mary Russo, Doris Sommer, and Patricia 

Yaeger. New York and London: Routledge, 1992.

Said, Edward W. Orientalism. New York: Pantheon Books, 1978.

Young, Robert J. C. “Postcolonial Remains”. Postcolonial Studies: An Anthology, ed. Pramod K. Nayar, London: Wiley Blackwell, 2016. Print.

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

 

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

 

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  


CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG581 - INTERNSHIP (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:0
No of Lecture Hours/Week:0
Max Marks:100
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description 

BA English Honours students have to undertake an internship of not less than 26 working days at an organization of their choice related to any area of their study. It can be a writing, translating, editing, teaching internship or an internship that entails close working with ecological and environmental concerns, disability or marginalized aspects in society. 

 

Course Objectives

  • to encourage learner and learning-centered pedagogy

  • to strengthen the curriculum based on internship-feedback, wherever relevant

  • to help student choose their career through practical experience

  • to relate social and experiential learning with classroom practices

 

Course Outcome

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course students will be able to:

  • Identify and reflect on the implication of social and experiential learning with classroom practices in their write up. 

  • Decide the suitable career based on the experience of internship.

  • Give constructive feedback on curriculum to strengthen it based on their internship experience.

 



Unit-1
Teaching Hours:0
Internship Guidelines and Format
 

The internship is to be undertaken during the fourth semester break. The internship is a mandatory requirement for the completion of the Honours program. The students will have to give an internship proposal with the following details: organization where the student proposes to do the internship; reasons for the choice, nature of the internship, period of internship, relevant permission letters, if available, name of the mentor in the organization, and email, telephone and mobile numbers of the person in the organization with whom Christ University could communicate matters related to internship. Typed proposals will have to be given at least a month before the end of the fifth semester.  

 

The coordinator of the program will assign faculty members from the department as guides at least two weeks before the end of the fifth semester. The students will have to be in touch with the guides during the internship period either through personal meetings, over the phone, or through internet.

 

At the place of internship, the students are advised to be in constant touch with their mentors. 

At the end of the required period of internship the candidates will submit a report in not less than 5000 words. The report should be submitted within June. 

 

Apart from a photocopy of the letter from the organisation stating the successful completion of the internship, the report shall have the following parts.

  • Introduction to the place of internship

  • Reasons for the choice of the place and kind of internship

  • Nature of internship

  • Objectives of the internship

  • Tasks undertaken

  • Learning outcome

  • Suggestions, if any

  • Conclusion

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

N/A

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

N/A

Evaluation Pattern

A photocopy of the portfolio, if available may be given along with the report. However, the original output, if available should be presented during the internship report presentation.

The report shall be in the following format.

12 font size; Times New Roman or Garamond font; one and half line spaced; Name, Register No, and Programme Name, Date of Submission on the left-hand top corner of the page; below that in the centre title of the report ‘Report of internship undertaken at ____ from ____ (date, month in words, year); no separate cover sheet to be attached.  

 

The evaluation criteria may be as follows

 

Job done and learning outcome:    50

Regularity and quality of reporting:  20

Language:                                          15

Adherence to the format:                15

 

Total:                                                  100

SDEN511 - SELF-ENHANCEMENT SKILLS-I (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course has been designed keeping in mind the latest trends and practices in the discipline

 

and a larger extent in the educational system. The course will introduce students to some of the established areas like content writing and publishing, translations, etc. as well as emerging areas like digital humanities, citizen journalism, etc.. The focus here is to help students acquire and nurture skills that are integral for their personal and professional growth.

Course Objectives

The course is designed to:

 

  1. Introduce students to emerging trends in the discipline

  2. Familiarize them with some of the industries associated with the discipline

  3. Enhance skills that could translate academic learning to professional excellence

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, the students would be able to:

 

  1. Recognize some of the dominant trends associated with the discipline

  2. Identify and familiarize themselves with the potential job ecosystems

  3. Apply the learnings acquired to professional contexts

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:2
Applicability of English Studies: Technical and Content Writing
 

Writing as a skill has evolved beyond the domains for writing for the print media. With the digital media steadily gaining precedence over print media, writing for the digital media is the newest skill in demand by both academia and industry. This course will also look into the intricacies of language use with respect to different media. Thus, the course aims to teach learners the skills of content generation and presentation preparing them to meet the needs of the industry.

Module Outcomes:

ability to write for digital and print media

audience recognition

 

awareness of ethical concerns

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:2
Environmental Justice
 

 

This unit will examine issues pertaining to the environment and social justice. It focuses on people’s fundamental right to live in clean environment and helps students question and challenge the existing social, political and economic practices that lead to the denial of this basic right to certain sections of the society. The course will introduce students to various concepts and movements related to environment like environmental racism and radical environmental movements. It also would include analysis of some case studies from different parts of the world and literary as well as visual narratives that question the discrimination among people of certain caste/ race/ class and national identities, the denial of their access to basic resources like land, water and clean air and understand their burden of dealing with disposal of hazardous waste in their neighbourhood. This course is therefore, designed to develop a critical approach to understanding environmentalism and social justice and a sensitivity towards nature at large and people in general.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:4
Digital Humanities
 

 

Over the past few decades, new digital tools have emerged that are now used within a range of humanities disciplines. The course in Digital Humanities provides a solid grasp of how powerful digital tools can be used to analyse, visualise and research digital media and digitised materials. Students will also learn to digitise and process different types of texts and images and how these can be made available at cultural heritage institutions and in other contexts. The programme is multidisciplinary and driven by humanistic inquiry and curiosity. Key themes are the critical evaluation of digital technologies and their use in a number of areas, including knowledge production and cultural heritage.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:4
International Universities and their Curriculum
 

 

This module provides a comparative understanding of the ways in which international universities design their curricula. It enables learners to gain exposure to transnational ways of approaching academia, allowing them to make more informed choices about the decisions they make and their roles as global citizens, regardless of national or regional identities. The module also allows them to deliberate on issues that are significant at a global level and to engage with curricula as scholars in a way that focuses on internationalisation and awareness of broad real-world contexts.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
Citizenship and Citizen Journalism
 

 

This course is intended to inform students of the rights and entitlements that each one of us is privileged to experience as citizens of a nation and the obligations that one is to follow and carry out being a responsible citizen. This course will also enable students to explore opportunities and avenues to tell stories as ordinary citizens on issues pertaining to their individual lives as well as society at large. It will make students aware of the possibility of becoming a responsible citizen journalist and participate in media discourse. This new genre of journalism is an important initiative towards the democratization of the media and therefore, students will be informed of the ethical practices that are to be adopted in the process of reporting and publishing.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:4
Translation and Publishing
 

 

This unit will enable learners to develop a nuanced understanding of the field of Translation and the various intricacies and politics related to the process of translation and publishing industry. This will also familiarize them with some of the important stakeholders and the immediate job prospects in the field.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:2
Publishing for Children
 

This unit will introduce students to writing, illustrating and publishing for children in India. It will introduce them to publishing houses for children’s books, processes and requirements for writing, editing, illustrating for children. It will open possibilities of freelancing with established publishers in addition to helping them understand the nature of children’s publishing and career prospects in them.

 

Unit-8
Teaching Hours:2
Becoming Career-Ready
 

 

This unit will help students develop modes of creating one’s competitive advantage in the professional space. While reiterating the need to understand various limits of self-centered differentiators, the module will introduce the importance of knowledge, interpersonal skills and individual professional values here. It will highlight the various competencies one needs to build in order to become career ready. Some of these competencies include critical thinking skills, oral and written communication, intercultural competencies and work ethics. Sample assessments to understand career-readiness will also be administered in class.

Unit-9
Teaching Hours:2
Heritage and Conservation
 

 

Tourism, rapid-urbanization, natural disasters, violent conflicts and resource-utilization are among the many ever-present threat to archaeological sites. In the face of these challenges, values are the subject of much discussion in contemporary society. Indeed, with the world becoming a global village, the search for values and meaning has become a pressing concern. In the field of cultural heritage conservation, values are critical to deciding what to conserve — what material goods will represent us and our past to future generations — as well as to determining how to conserve. This unit is designed to acquaint the students about the need for looking into heritage and conservation as a field of study, as well as discuss the career opportunities in the same.

Unit-10
Teaching Hours:2
Positive psychology
 

 

The course will acquaint students with the science of well being and help students focus on their strengths rather than weaknesses, so as to help them build a good life. The course will focus on positive experiences like happiness, joy, inspiration, and love; positive states and traits like gratitude, resilience, and compassion and positive institutions by focusing on positive principles within entire organizations and institutions. It will help students develop and incorporate certain good practices in their everyday life, so as to have a meaningful and happy life.

Unit-11
Teaching Hours:2
Comics Journalism
 

This module will introduce the students to the field of comics journalism in general and in India particularly. It will enable them to understand the nitty-gritties of what comics journalism is and how they as writers and illustrators can become social critics through an involved culture of creatively engaging with society and culture. It will also look into how this can be a viable career option.

Text Books And Reference Books:

---

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

---

Evaluation Pattern

General Evaluation Pattern: Unit-Wise Continuous Evaluation

 

The evaluation will be based on the assessments formulated by the PTC student-instructors who facilitate each unit in the class. A continuous evaluation pattern will be followed whereby after the completion of each unit, an assignment will follow. The assessment will be done based on predefined rubrics and the score sheet needs to be tabulated. The cumulative score sheet is to be prepared at the end of the semester and the final Skill Development Score is to be computed.

BENG631 - GENDER STUDIES (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Gender Studies is an academic area of study that critically examines how gender shapes our identities, social interactions and experiences of everyday living. Through exposure to interdisciplinary perspectives, students develop a framework for thinking about power relations and the ways in which those relations are shaped and challenged by intersecting constructions of gender, sexuality, sexual orientation and their configurations in various power structures. Interrogating everyday experiences, social and political institutions, literary and philosophical contributions, past and present ideas and world events, the course seeks to provide students with tools to engage with and critically analyse these areas. Further, the course seeks to give a major political spin by interpellating Western theory with gender sensitive experiences curated across India so that students learn to reflect on these more immediate narratives against the dynamic possibilities of theory.

Course Outcome

At the end of the course students will be able to:

·       Identify and address critical contemporary issues in our society – from harassment, child care and gender dynamics in the workplace to obstacles to individual and societal health and wellbeing etc. and reflect with a critical understanding of both her/his histories in relation to these issues.

·       Identify and reflect on implication of the gendered nature of experience itself and critically evaluate them in their research papers and presentations.

·       Express themselves to be accepting of difference in terms of gender and sexuality and enabling them to critically examine how normative power structures situate them in various societies in their academic and public discussion.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:20
Introduction to Gender Studies
 

bell hooks- “Come Closer to Feminism”

Simone de Beauvoir- Excerpts from The Second Sex

Gloria Steinem- “How Phyllis Freud was Born”

Chandra Talpade Mohanty- “Cartographies of Struggle: Third World Women and the Politics of Feminism”

Audre Lorde: “An Open Letter to Mary Daly”

Lila Abu-Lughod- "Do Muslim Women Really Need Saving?"

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:30
Introduction to LGBTQ Studies
 

Jonathan Ned Katz- “Homosexual and Heterosexual: Questioning the Terms “

Judith Butler- “Imitation and Gender Insubordination”

Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick- “Gender Asymmetry and Erotic Triangles”

Adrienne Rich- “Compulsory Heterosexuality and Lesbian Experience”

Jeanette Winterson- Written on the Body

Annie Proulx- Brokeback Mountain

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Cultural and National Aspects and Technologies of Gender (Assorted Texts)
 

Uma Narayan- "Cross-Cultural Connections, Border Crossings, and Death by Culture"

Excerpts from Susie Tharu and K. Lalita. (eds.) (1991) Women Writing in India. 600 B.C. to the Present. Vol. 1

Asexuality awareness

Transgender Studies

Greta Gaard, Toward a Queer Ecofeminism

Introduction to Intersectional Pedagogy

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Visual Texts
 

Aligarh

Fire

Text Books And Reference Books:

Compilation

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Abu-Lughod, Lila. “Do Muslim Women Really Need Saving? Anthropological Reflections on Cultural Relativism and Its Others”. American Anthropologist 104(3). 2002; 783-790.

Butler, Judith. “Imitation and Gender Insubordination”. The Lesbian and Gay Studies Reader.

Eds. Henry Abelove, Michele Aina Barale etal. New York, London: Routledge, 1993.

Chakravarti, Uma. “Whatever Happened to the Vedic Dasi”. Recasting Women: Essays in Indian Colonial History. Eds. Kumkum Sangari and Sudesh Vaid. New Delhi: Kali for Women, 1989.

de Beauvoir, Simone. The Second Sex (Reprint version). New York: Random House, 2014.

hooks, bell. “Introduction: Come Closer to Feminism”. Feminism is for Everybody: Passionate Politics. New York: Routledge, 2014.

Fire. Mehta, Deepa. Zeitgeist, 1996. DVD.

Kannabiran, Vasanta and K. Lalita. “That Magic Time: Women in the Telangana People’s Struggle”. Recasting Women: Essays in Indian Colonial History. Eds. Kumkum Sangari and Sudesh Vaid. New Delhi: Kali for Women, 1989.

Katz, Jonathan Ned. “Homosexual and Heterosexual: Questioning the Terms”. A Queer World. Ed. Martin Duberman. New York: NYU, 1997.

Lorde,Audre. “An Open Letter to Mary Daly”. http://www.historyisaweapon.com/defcon1/lordeopenlettertomarydaly.html

Mirch Masala. Mehta, Ketan. NFDC, 1987.

Mohanty, Chandra Talpade. “Cartographies of Struggle: Third World Women and the Politics of Feminism”. Third World Women and the Politics of Feminism. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1991.

Aligarh. Mehta, Hansal. Eros, 2015. DVD.

Narayan, Uma. "Cross-Cultural Connections, Border Crossings, and Death by Culture". Dislocating Cultures: Identities, Traditions and Third World Feminisms. London: Taylor & Francis, 1997.

Proulx, Annie. “Brokeback Mountain”. Close Range: Brokeback Mountain and Other Stories. London, New York: Harper, 1997.

Ramanujan, A. K., Velcheru Narayana Rao, and David Shulman. When God is a Customer:Telugu Courtesan Songs by Kshetrayya and Others. Berkeley:  University of California Press,  1994.

Rich, Adrienne. “Compulsory Heterosexuality and the Lesbian Experience”. Blood, Bread and Poetry: Selected Prose. London: Virago, 1986.

Sedgwick, Eva Kosofsky. “Gender Asymmetry and Erotic Triangles”. Between Men: English Literature and Male Homosexual Desire. New York: Columbia UP, 1985.

Steinem, Gloria. “How Phyllis Freud was Born”. Moving Beyond Words: Breaking Boundaries of Gender. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1994.

Tharu, Susie and K. Lalita. Eds. Women Writing in India. 600 B.C. to the Present. Vol. 1. New York: The Feminist Press, CUNY, 1991.

The Danish Girl. Hooper, Tom. Focus Features, 2015.

Winterson, Jeanette. Written on the Body. New York: Vintage, 1993.

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 

CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

 

BENG632 - DALIT STUDIES (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This paper introduces students to an emerging and significant field of study in understanding the problems and perspectives of Dalits. The course aims to help students familiarize themselves with the politics of caste across culture, literature and thought.

Course Objectives

 

  • To familiarize students with emerging debates within reading the subaltern especially in the Dalit context

  • Introduce texts and contexts to read Dalit issues

  • Introduce the philosophies underlying Dalit struggle and movements

Course Outcome

 

Learning Outcome

At the end of the course students will be able to:

  • Identify and examine political, social, ideological, literary implications of understanding Dalit issues in their research papers/presentations.

  • Critically examine the underlying philosophies of Dalit struggle and movements in their public and academic discourse.

Skills to be Developed

 

  • Analytical Skills

  • Critical Reading Skills

  • Critical Thinking

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Caste and Culture: Critical Debates
 

    

  • Chapter X from The Laws of Manu

  • B. R. Ambedkar: The Annihilation of Caste

  • Sanal Mohan: “Narrativising the History of Slave Suffering”

  • K. Satyanarayana: “Dalitism: A Critique of Telugu Dalit Literature”

  • T. M. Yesudasan: “Towards a Prologue to Dalit Studies”

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Dalit Feminisms
 

    

  • Gopal Guru: “Dalit Women Talk Differently”

  • Sharmila Rege: “Dalit Women Talk Differently: A Critique of Difference and Towards a Dalit Feminist Standpoint Position”

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:30
Dalit Mobilization: From Colonial to the Contemporary
 

 

  • Rupa Viswanath:“The Pariah-Missionary Alliance: Agrarian Contestation and the Local State”

  • D. R. Nagaraj: “Threefold Tensions: Pre-Colonial History, Colonial Reality, and Postcolonial Politics: Notes on the Making of Dalit Identity”

  • MSS Pandian: “The Brahmin as a Trope: The Self-Respect Movement”

  • Thomas Pantham: “Against Untouchability: The Discourses of Gandhi and Ambedkar”

  • Satish Deshpande: “Caste and Castelessness: Towards a Biography of the ‘General Category’

  • “Ten Things the Suicide of Rohit Vemula Reveals about Indian Society” from scroll.in (30 January 2016).

  • Orijit Sen: “The Story of Nangeli” from raiot.in

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:20
Illustrative Readings
 
  • K.A. Gunasekaran: Touch (Drama)

  • Sujata Gidla: Ants Among Elephants (Life Writing)

  • ChellapalliSwarooparani: “Water”

  • Meena Kandaswamy: The Gypsy Goddess (Novel)

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

B R Ambedkar: The Annihilation of Caste

Sujata Gidla: Ants Among Elephants (Life Writing)

Meena Kandaswamy: The Gypsy Goddess

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Deshpande, Satish. The Problem of Caste: Essays from Economic and Political Weekly, Orient Blackswan, 2014.

Guru, Gopal. Humiliation. Oxford, 2011.

Manu. The Laws of Manu. Penguin Classics, 2000.

Mayaram, Shail, MSS Pandian and Ajay Skaria. Muslims, Dalits, and the Fabrications of History: Subaltern Studies XII. Permanent Black, 2005.

Nagaraj, D. R. The Flaming Feet and Other Essays. Permanent Black, 2010.

Pandian, MSS. Brahmin and Non-Brahmin: Genealogies of the Tamil Political Present. Permanent Black, 2007.

Pawar, Urmila and Meenakshi Moon. We Also Made History: Women in the Ambedkarite Movement. Zubaan, 2008.

 

Viswanath, Rupa. The Pariah Problem: Caste, Religion and the Social in Modern India. Navayana, 2014.

Evaluation Pattern

 

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 

CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG633 - LITERARY REPRESENTATIONS OF DISABILITY (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Literature and Disability is a course focusing on the field of Disability Studies. The aim of this course is to provide a general introduction to Disability Studies as they apply to the study of literature, particularly fictional narratives, but with some emphasis also on autobiography and poetry. All human beings experience a significant illness or disability at some point in life; yet economic, political, social, and cultural factors complicate the medical frameworks through which societies normally address disabled bodies. 

 

Learning Objectives

Through participation in this course, students will be able to

 

  • identify some of the literary strategies that authors use in depicting people with disabilities

  • identify some of the major theoretical approaches within Disability Studies to the examination of representations of disability

  • analyze, in discussion and in written form, some of the implications of these representations for public perceptions of people with disabilities

 

 

Course Outcome

At the end of the course students will be able to:

 

  • Identify and analyse the text with disability perspectives.

  • Analyse and evaluate some of the implication of the representation of disabled characters in the text for public perceptions of PwD.

  • Examine the depiction of PwD in various media as a research paper or presentation.

 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction: (Prose about Illness)
 

Stories about Bodies, Stories of Doctors, Patients, and Illness.

Introduction from Foucault “Madness and Civilization”

Williams, “The Use of Force,”

Carver, “A Small, Good Thing,” and

Mates, “Laundry”

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Contemporary Poetry about Illness
 

Experiences and excerpts from Sontag, Illness as Metaphor,

Donne, “Death, Be Not Proud” (on discussion questions for Wit).

Tolstoi, “The Death of Ivan Ilych.”

Jim Ferris “Hospital Poems”

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to illness, disability and life writing
 

Graphic memoir vs. written memoir

Grealy, Autobiography of a Face

Marchetto, Cancer Vixen for today

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Disability narratives and disability culture
 

Poe, “Hop-Frog” and Morrison, “Recitatif”

Dubus, “The Fat Girl” (Fat Studies)

Byatt, “The Pink Ribbon” (Age Studies)

Munro,“The Bear Came Over the Mountain” and

Gullette, chapters from Aged by Culture.

Screening of Away From Her.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:15
Body modification
 

Hawthorne, “The Birthmark,” Updike, “Metamorphosis,” and

Brooks, “Under the Knife and Proud of It”

Body Modification in the Posthuman Age. Gattaca (will screen in class)

Kafka, The Metamorphosis

Text Books And Reference Books:

Theoretical readings for the course will be taken from a number of sources, including the following essay collections and journals:

Foucault, M. Madness And Civilization: A History Of Insanity In The Age Of Reason. Vintage Books 1988, c1965. Print.

And Compilation

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

James Wilson and Cynthia Lewiecki-Wilson, (eds.)  Embodied Rhetorics: Disability in Language and Culture. Southern Illinois University Press, 2001.

Kathryn Allan (ed.) Disability in Science Fiction: Representations of Technology as Cure.  Palgrave Macmillan, 2013.

Lennard J. Davis, (ed.) The Disability Studies Reader.  Routledge, 2006.

Sharon L. Snyder, Brenda Jo Brueggemann and Rosemarie Garland-Thomson, (eds.) Disability Studies: Enabling the Humanities. Modern Language Association, 2002.



Tom Shakespeare. Disability Rights and Wrongs. Routledge, 2006. 



 

Journals

Journal of Literary and Cultural Disability Studies



Disability Studies Quarterly

Grealy, Lucy. Autobiography of a Face.

Marchetto, Marisa Acocella. Cancer Vixen.

Selected stories and poems that will be delivered via handouts and e-texts to print out on Cougar Courses (Moodle)

Films 

Wit, 

The Doctor

Away from Her

Gattaca

 

Margarita with a Straw

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA 1: Review/Summary presentation of a given paper (Indicative).

 

CIA 2: Critiquing Disability in Cultural Products

Critically examine one cultural product that includes representation(s) of disability. Your analysis and related images or examples should address the ways in which the cultural product reflects social and cultural attitudes about disability in the time and culture in which the product was created. You may draw on film, literature, art, news media, advertising, children’s film or literature, television, documentaries, educational films/materials, or other medical portrayals. Complete a three-page review and analysis of the cultural product and its representation of disability. Be sure to relate your analysis to course readings and other relevant outside sources.Your response should be at least four pages in length.

 

BENG642EA - POPULAR CULTURE (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Whether it is the latest video game that everyone is raving about or the newest retelling of a superhero flick that has set a new bench mark in popularity, popular culture pervades our everyday lives. It is critically important to study popular culture in order to assess its social, political, cultural and economic impact on society. This course will demonstrate to students the overall importance of popular culture in their lives. We will explore the ways that language is used (and the way that we use language) to construct the world around us through popular culture. It is important to remember that this is a scholarly approach to popular culture that will use a critical approach to understanding the uses and abuses of popular culture. The class will examine how ideas, values, and beliefs, are constructed through and are reflected by popular culture. Throughout the semester texts and narratives will be examined through theoretical frames from cultural studies, semiotics, gender studies and race/ethnic studies.

Objectives

 

  • Critical Thinking Skills - to include creative thinking, innovation, inquiry, and analysis, evaluation and synthesis of information.
  • Communication Skills - To include effective development, interpretation and expression of ideas through written, oral and visual communication. ·
  • Personal Responsibility - To include the ability to connect choices, actions and consequences to politically active and ethically sensitive decision-making.
  • Social Responsibility - To engage with intercultural competence and respect towards cultural differences of all kinds

Course Outcome

Students will demonstrate the ability to:

· Critically think about popular culture’s role in society.

· Analyze the way that popular culture depends on language to construct meaning.

· Demonstrate how people use popular culture to construct or reinforce personal beliefs.

· Examine the ethical and ideological positions of popular culture texts.

· Synthesize theories about popular culture through hands-on cultural criticism.

· Explore the connection between popular culture and social values.

· Understand that popular culture provides an alternative forum to traditional “high” culture for the introduction of outsider voices – such as those marginalized in terms of race, sexuality, or class – into mainstream culture.

 

· Consider the relationship between technology and cultural change within the sphere of popular culture.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Popular Culture
 

Excerpts from:

 Popular Culture, A Reader- Raiford Guins and Omayra Zaragoza Cruz

Popular Culture, An Introduction- Carla Freccero

 

Popular Culture India! Media, Arts, Lifestyle- Asha Kasbekar

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:20
Major Debates
 

Karl Marx, “The Fetishism of Commodities and the Secret Thereof”

Theodor W. Adorno, “Culture Industry Reconsidered”

Guy Debord, “The Commodity as Spectacle”

John Fiske: “Understanding Popular Culture”

Dick Hebdige: “Subculture: The Meaning of Style”

 

Paul Lopes. “Culture and stigma: Popular culture and the Case of Comic Books”. 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Ideology and Desire
 

Louis Althusser- “Ideology and Ideological State Apparatuses

Roland Barthes: “The Face of Garbo”, “Plastic”, “The New Citroen”, “Photography and the Electoral Appeal”

John Fiske: “Shopping for Pleasure”

Susan Bordo and Jean Kilbourne- "Anorexia Nervosa: Psychopathology as the Crystallization of Culture".

Debra Gimlin, Sheila Jeffreys, Victoria Pitts Taylor- “Accounting for Cosmetic Surgery in the USA and Great Britain: A Cross-cultural Analysis of Women's Narratives”.

David A Janssen: “‘Time to Lose Faith in Humanity’: The Simpsons, South Park, and the Satiric Tradition”  

 

Bob Samuels: “Facebook, Twitter, YouTube—and Democracy”

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Reading Popular Fiction through Critical Texts
 

Christopher Pawling: “Introduction: Popular Fiction: Ideology or Utopia”

Jerry Palmer: “Thrillers”

Text: Robert Ludlum: The Bourne Identity

Bridget Fowler: “True to Me Always: An Analysis of Women’s Magazine Fiction”

Text: Women’s Era any 2 issues

Peter Hunt: “Ideology in Children’s Literature”

Texts: “Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs”/ “Cinderalla”/ Selections from Jataka Tales/Panchatantra

 

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
The Indian Scene
 

Patricia Uberoi- “Feminine Identity and National Ethos in Calendar Art”.

Mrinalini Sinha- Specters of Mother India: The Global Restructuring of an Empire (Excerpt)

Bhaskar Mukhopadhyay- “The Discreet Charm of Indian Street Food”.

Nandini Chandra- “Amar Chitra Katha: Between the Bubble and the Deep Blue Sea of Pictorial Suggestiveness” Text: “Draupadi”/ “Rani of Jhansi”

M. K. Raghavendra: “Local Resistance to Global Bangalore: Reading Minority Indian Cinema”

 

Shehina Fazal- “Emancipation or Anchored Individualism? Women and TV Soaps in India”.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Adorno, Theodore. “Culture Industry Reconsidered”.  The Culture Industry: Selected Essays on Mass Culture. London: Routledge, 1991.

Althusser, Louis. “Ideology and Ideological State Apparatuses”. Lenin and Philosophy and Other Essays. Monthly Review Press 1971.

Barthes, Roland. Mythologies. Vintage, 1993.

Bordo, Susan "Anorexia Nervosa: Psychopathology as the Crystallization of Culture". Unbearable Weight: Feminism, Western Culture and the Body. Berkeley: U of Californian P, 1993.

Chandra, Nandini. The Classic Popular: Amar Chitra Katha, 1967-2007. Yodha Press, 2008.

Debord, Guy. “The Commodity as Spectacle”. The Society of the Spectacle. New York: Zone, 1994.

Fazal, Shehina. “Emancipation or Anchored Individualism? Women and TV Soaps in India”. Popular Culture in a Globalized India. Routledge, 2009.

Fiske, John. Reading the Popular. 1989. London and New York: Routledge, 2011.

Freccero, Carla. Popular Culture: An Introduction. New York and London: New York UP, 1999.

Gimlin, Debra. “Accounting for Cosmetic Surgery in the USA and Great Britain: A Cross-cultural Analysis of Women's Narratives”. Body & Society Vol 13 (1), 2007: pp. 41 - 60

Guins, Raiford and Omayra Zaragoza Cruz, eds. Popular Culture: A Reader. 2005. Los Angeles: Sage Publications, 2008.

Hunt, Peter, ed. Children’s Literature: Critical Concepts in Literary and Cultural Studies. Vols. I-IV. Routledge, 2006.

Jeffreys, Sheila. “‘Body Art’ and Social Status: Cutting, Tattooing and Piercing from a Feminist Perspective”. Feminism & Psychology. London, Thousand Oaks and New Delhi: Sage, Vol. 10(4), 2000:409–429.

Kasbekar, Asha. Pop Culture India! Media, Arts and Lifestyle. California: ABC-CLIO, 2006.

Kilbourne, Jean. “Still Killing Us Softly: Advertising and the Obsession with Thinness”. Feminist Perspectives on Eating Disorders. New York: Guilford, 1994.

Lal, Vinay and Ashis Nandy. Eds. Fingerprinting Popular Culture: The Mythic and Iconic in Indian Cinema.  New Delhi: Oxford UP, 2006.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Lopes, Paul. “Culture and stigma: Popular culture and the Case of Comic Books”. Sociological Forum. 21 (3), 387-414.

Martin, Fran, ed. Interpreting Everyday Culture. London: Arnold Publishers, 2003.

Marx, Karl. “The Fetishism of Commodities and the Secret Thereof”. In The Marx-Engels Reader, Vol. 2 (1978), 319-329.

McGuigan, Jim. Cultural Populism. Routledge, 2001.

Mirzoeff, Nicholas.  An Introduction to Visual Culture. Routledge, 1999.

Mulvey, Laura. Visual and Other Pleasures. New York: Palgrave, 1989.

Mukhopadhyay, Bhaskar. The Rumour of Globalization: Desecrating the Global from Vernacular Margins. CUP, 2012.

Rampley, Matthew, ed. Exploring Visual Culture: Definitions, Concepts, Contexts. Edinburgh UP, 2005.

Rushkoff, Douglas. Coercion: Why We Listen to What They Say. New York: Riverhead, 2000.

…, Program or Be Programmed. New York: Or, 2010.

Schirato, Tony. Understanding Sports Culture. Sage Publications, 2007.

Sinha, Mrinalini. Specters of Mother India: The Global Restructuring of an Empire. Durham, London: Duke, 2006.

Taylor, Victoria-Pitts. Surgery junkies: wellness and pathology in cosmetic culture. New Brunswick: Rutgers UP, 2007.

Uberoi, Patricia. “Feminine Identity and National Ethos in Calendar Art”. Freedom and Destiny: Gender, Family and Popular Culture in India. New Delhi; OUP, 2006.

 

Whiteley, Sheila, ed. Christmas, Ideology and Popular Culture. Edinburgh UP, 2008.

Evaluation Pattern

 

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

End Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

 

CIA I:  A written test for 20 marks. It can be an Open Book test, a classroom assignment, an objective or descriptive test pertaining to the texts and ideas discussed in class.  

 

CIA III: This is to be a creative test/ project in small groups by students. They may do Collages, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes, presentations, debates, charts or any other creative test for 20 marks. This test should allow the students to explore their creativity and engage with the real world around them and marks can be allotted to students depending on how much they are able to link the ideas and discussions in the texts to the world around them.

BENG646EA - FILM STUDIES (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course introduces students step by step to the skills involved in the study of film. It gives priority to the students’ point of entry by creating a concrete platform, thereby valuing any initial filmic knowledge they bring as the best place to start from. It aims to foster an approach to film that will enable the study of any film as a valuable artefact, and thereby encourage personal response, active research, the practical application of learning, and greater diversity in study, allowing interests and enthusiasm a place in education. Individual chapters address the following key areas:

 

  • Film form

  • Narrative

  • Genre

  • Practical application of learning

  • Films as products

  • Different genres in cinema.

Course Objectives 

The objectives of this paper are to help students:

 

  • involve in something over and above simply enjoying going to the cinema;

  • make them take a more analytical approach to their whole experience of cinema;

  • to be prepared to entertain new ideas about something that is perhaps already an important part of their life;

  • offers an initial introduction to some of the activities they will need to be prepared to undertake if they are studying films;

  • suggests the sort of questions they might need to consider asking themselves about films;

  • introduces a range of different writing skills required of Film Studies students.

Course Outcome

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course students will be able to:

  • Understand and appreciate cinema or films as a whole and explore the problem space which unveils within.

  • Question they might consider asking themselves about films.


Skills to be Developed

 

  • Analytical Skills

  • Critical Reading Skills

  • Critical Thinking

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction
 

Going to the cinema

Can’t we just enjoy films?

Film Studies as a subject

What are films?

History, social context and politics

Hollywood and alternative cinemas

 

Further reading

Recommended Movies for Screening:

Citizen Kane

Ankhon Dekhi

Modern Times

Children of Heaven

Cinema Paradiso 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
MAKING MEANING
 

Film form: What is film construction?

 What does it mean to say a film has been ‘put together’?

Mise en scène: setting

Mise en scène: performance and movement

Mise en scène: costume and props

Cinematography: colour

Cinematography: lighting

Cinematography: camerawork

Editing

Sound

Film form: overview

 

Recommended Movies for Screening:

Pather Panchali

Kagaz ke Phool

Stalker

Psycho

 

Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter and Spring

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Narrative & Genres
 

Aren’t all films just stories? What is narrative structure?

Narrative

Plot structure

Narrative structure and the viewer

Stories and society

What is genre and why it is such an important term in Film Studies?

Genre: the concept

Documentary

Film noir

Recommended Movies for Screening:

Fight Club

Double Indemnity

Rashomon

Sahib Biwi aur Ghulam

Man on Wire 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Practical application of learning & Overview
 

Cinematic ideas

The screenplay

The storyboard

Video production

How should we approach a film we have not seen before?                                                    

Recommended Movies for Screening:

Breathless

Taxi Driver

Blue Velvet

2001: Space Odyssey

La Dolce Vita

 

Elipathhaayam

Text Books And Reference Books:

.Texts for Detailed Reference

Benyahia, Sarah Casey, Freddie Gaffney and John White. As Film Studies: The Essential Introduction. New York: Routledge, 2006.

Sikov, Ed. Film Studies: An Introduction. New York: Columbia University Press, 2010.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Monaco, James. How to Read a Film. New York: Oxford University Press, 2000.

Nelmes, Jill E Introduction to Film Studies (5th Edition) . Routledge, 2012.

Bazin, Andre. What Is Cinema? Vol. 1. Translator. Hugh Ray.1967. University of California Press, 2005.

Berger, John.Ways of Seeing. Penguin, 1972.

Bordwell, David and Kristin Thompson. Film Art: An Introduction. 1979. McGraw-Hill, 2004.

Hayward, Susan. Film Studies: The Key Concepts. 4th Edition. Routledge, 2013.

Monaco, James. How to Read a Film: Movies, Media, Multimedia. 1977. OUP, 2000.

 

Evaluation Pattern

70% of the marks will be collected throughout the semester through oral quizzes, presentations, written tests, group assignments, and a 2hr written exam. The end semester exam will be for 30%.

 

CIA - Evaluation Pattern

Individual Assignment

Group Assessment

Mid Semester

20

20

25

 

Mid Semester Examination

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50



End Semester Examination

 

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total

2X10=20

1X15=15

1X15=15

50

BENG681 - DISSERTATION (2018 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:0
No of Lecture Hours/Week:0
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

The Dissertation in English Literature provides the opportunity to carry out a more sustained piece of independent research and to produce a more developed and lengthier piece of academic writing than previously attempted in undergraduate study. It can be on any aspect of English literary studies. The Student can undertake any one of the following kinds of dissertations:

 

Literary or Cultural Studies Dissertation: A literary or cultural studies dissertation must include a 30-40 page focused essay, a comprehensive written bibliography. The essay must demonstrate a grasp of relevant creative and critical perspectives in the chosen field, moving beyond a mere summary of what others have said to make an original contribution to critical thought on the student's chosen topic. 

 

Electronic or Multimedia Work: A student who wishes to produce this kind of thesis (hypertext, web site, video or audio documentary, etc.) must create an intrinsically electronic or multimedia project. The work must be one that could not possibly be produced in the conventional manner; in other words, its electronic nature must be essential to its theme or subject matter.

 

The work must be accompanied by an annotated bibliography and a 15-20 page written overview. The bibliography should contain sources demonstrating mastery of relevant critical perspectives and arguments in the field. The overview should supplement the work by analyzing the critical context. This analysis should not attempt a point-by-point translation of the work into written form, but should instead engage in a critical dialogue with contemporary works, both theoretical and creative, on the student's subject and method.

 

Course Objectives

The students will 

 

  • develop an interest in research, formulate research questions/ problems and try to address them.

  • develop specialised interest in a particular field.

  • learn to write and develop a research paper/article

  • develop independent writing and thinking styles along with academic and intellectual rigour

Course Outcome

 Course Outcomes

  • Formulate a structured research paper or project report

  • Research on specific areas of study and a discipline 

  • Write lucidly and clearly with the use of justifications and valid proof to substantiate ideas  think and articulate ideas and opinions with clarity and clear theoretical frameworks. 

Skills to be Developed

  • Analytical Skills

  • Critical Reading Skills

  • Critical Thinking

  • Report Writing

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
Dissertation
 

Dissertation

Text Books And Reference Books:

N/A

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

N/A

Evaluation Pattern

Continuous Assessment of work by chosen mentors for 100 marks with periodic assessments.